SARASOTA COUNTY GOVERNMENT CONSENT OF SURETY TO …dnhiggins.com/docs/142826CS Venice Landfill Documents.pdf · 6. The affiant herein makes this Affidavit and Release of Lien for

SECTION 7 ______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 04 Apr 14 Revision CONSENT OF SURETY FORM PAGE CS-1

SARASOTA COUNTY GOVERNMENT CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT

SURETY: BOND NO.: OWNER: SARASOTA COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT # CONTRACTOR: EFFECTIVE DATE OF BOND: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract referenced above between the above Owner and Contractor, the Surety Company named below: SURETY COMPANY NAME: SURETY COMPANY ADDRESS: under Bond with the Contractor named below: CONTRACTOR NAME: CONTRACTOR ADDRESS: Hereby approves final payment by the Owner to the Contractor and agrees that final payment does not relieve the Surety of its obligations under the Bond to the Owner named below: SARASOTA COUNTY COMMISSION 1660 RINGLING BOULEVARD SARASOTA, FL 34234 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereto set its hands on this date: ________________, 20__

_________________________________________ Surety _________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Representative Attest/Witness: _________________________________________ (Seal): _________________________ Printed Name and Title Attached: Notarized Power of Attorney

SECTION 7

OTHER CONTRACT

FORMS

SECTION 7 ______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 7 Feb 14 Revision LOCAL HIRING INITIATIVE FORM PAGE LHI-1

SARASOTA COUNTY LOCAL HIRING INITIATIVE

Participation Form Instructions: In Sarasota County’s Local Hiring Initiative Resolution No. 2013-127, the CONTRACTOR is encouraged to work with CareerSource Suncoast (formerly known as Suncoast Workforce, Inc.), or any other agency designated by the State of Florida as a Workforce development agency, to increase employment opportunities for local residents. Local residents are defined as “residents of Sarasota County,” but that definition may be expanded to include Manatee and Charlotte Counties if the requisite skill-set is not available in Sarasota County. Resolution No. 2013-127 establishes an aspirational goal for contractor and subcontractors to hire 15% minimum local residents as the new hires for construction and construction related projects. The CONTRACTOR shall complete the information below to provide information on any new hires needed by the Contractor or their subcontractor(s) to complete the Project. This information must be submitted as part of the monthly pay requests. Date: _________________________ Project Name: ___________________________________ Contract Number: _________________ Contractor: ___________________________________ Submitted by: ____________________ Report on New Hires – Please indicate Any New Hires during the past month.

County of Resident Number of New Hires Required to Complete Project

Number New Hires Local Residents

Cumulative New Hires to Date (Include previous months totals)

Sarasota Manatee Charlotte Other

- By checking this box, the CONTRACTOR hereby acknowledges Sarasota County’s Local Hiring Initiative and indicates that no New Hires were required by the CONTRACTOR or their subcontractor(s) to complete the Project.

SECTION 7 SARASOTA COUNTY GOVERNMENT

PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND In compliance with F.S. Chapter 255.05(1)(a)

____________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 15 July 09 Revision PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND PAGE PB-1

BOND NO.:

CONTRACTOR NAME: CONTRACTOR ADDRESS: CONTRACTOR PHONE NO.: SURETY COMPANY: SURETY AGENT: OWNER NAME: Sarasota County Board of County Commissioners OWNER ADDRESS: 1660 Ringling Boulevard Sarasota FL 34236 OWNER PHONE NO.: 941-861-5000 BOND AMOUNT: CONTRACT NO.: (if applicable) DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Transfer Station Renovations including site

clearing, hand excavation, structural concrete, structural steel, metal roofing, joint sealants, painting, high performance coatings, chain link fencing, lightning protection, electrical and plumbing work.

PROJECT ADDRESS: 250 South Jackson Road, Venice, Florida 34292 LEGAL DESCRIPTION: Section 13; Township 39S; Range 13E

By this bond, we, _____________________________________, as Principal and

________________________________, a corporation, as Surety, are bound to

Sarasota County Board of County Commissioners, herein called Owner, in the sum of

$_________________________________, for payment of which we bind ourselves,

our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.



____________________________________________________________________________




____________________________________________________________________________


The conditions of this bond is that if Principal:

1. Performs the Contract dated , between principal and Owner for construction of Venice Landfill Transfer Station Renovations, Bid #142826CS the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and

2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05 (1)

Florida Statutes, supplying principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and

3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney’s fees,

including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by principal under the contract work; and

4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the

contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.

Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect surety’s obligation under this bond. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes.



____________________________________________________________________________


In witness whereof, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument

this

(date)

____________________________________

Principal

By: ________________________________

As President (SEAL)

___________________________________

Surety

By: ________________________________

Approved as to form and execution: By: ____________________________________________

Attorney to Board of County Commissioners of Sarasota County, Florida

Any Claims under this bond may be addressed to (name and address of Surety): ___________________________________________

___________________________________________ ___________________________________________ Telephone No: ___________________________________________ Name and address of agent or representative in Florida if different from above: _________________________________________ ___________________________________________ ___________________________________________ Telephone No: ___________________________________

SECTION 7 ______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ RELEASE OF LIEN PAGE RL-1

Standard Form For CONTRACTOR’S FINAL AFFIDAVIT & RELEASE of LIEN

STATE OF FLORIDA, COUNTY OF SARASOTA Before me, the undersigned authority, personally appeared , who, after being by me first duly sworn, deposes and says that: 1. He is of , (Title of Officer) (Name of Company)

doing business in the State of Florida, hereinafter called "Contractor". 2. Contractor pursuant to a Contract dated ____________________________,

hereinafter referred to as "Contract", with Sarasota County, Florida, hereinafter referred to as "County", has heretofore furnished or caused to be furnished labor, material and services for the construction of certain improvements as more particularly set forth in said contract.

3. Contractor represents that all work to be performed under the aforesaid Contract has

been fully completed and that all persons and firms who furnished material, labor and/or services incident to the completion of said work have been paid in full except to the following:

(Write in "None" if all persons and firms have been paid in full) NAME ADDRESS AMOUNT DUE

4. The undersigned affiant for and in consideration of final payment to him in the

amount of $___________________, and all other previous payments paid by County to contractor, does hereby for and in behalf of the Contractor, waive, release, remise and relinquish the contractor’s right to claim, demand or impose a lien or liens for work done or materials and/or services furnished or any other class of lien whatsoever, on any of the premises owned by County on which improvements have been completed in connection with the aforementioned contract.

5. The affiant herein does hereby represent that he has authority to execute a full and

final Release of Lien for and in behalf of the Contractor as set forth above. 6. The affiant herein makes this Affidavit and Release of Lien for the express purpose of

inducing County to make final disbursement and payment to the Contractor in the amount of $_______________________.

7. This Affidavit and Release of Lien is made by affiant with full knowledge of the

applicable laws of the State of Florida. In addition to such rights as may be afforded to County under said applicable laws, affiant expressly agrees to indemnify and save County harmless from any and all actual costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, arising out of claims by laborers, subcontractors or materialmen who might claim that they have not been paid for services or material furnished by or through the contractor in connection with the work performed under the aforementioned Contract.

SECTION 7 ______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ RELEASE OF LIEN PAGE RL-2

_______________________________________ Name of Corporation

By: _______________________________________ President

(CORPORATE SEAL) ATTEST: ______________________________________ Name of Corporation _____________________________________ Secretary Sworn to and subscribed before me this day

(date)

_________________________________________ Notary Public (NOTARY SEAL) My Commission Expires:_______________________

SECTION 8

GENERAL CONDITIONS

Rev. 12/22/11 GC-Page 1 of 44 General Conditions

INDEX GENERAL CONDITIONS

ARTICLE SUBJECT PAGE

1.0 Definitions and Terms 4 1.1 General

2.0 Contractor Requirements 6 2.1 General

3.0 Contract Documents 7 3.1 Contract Documents 3.2 Intent 3.3 Conformed Contract Documents 3.4 Construction Plans/Drawings 3.5 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents 3.6 Reference Standards 3.7 Reuse of Documents

4.0 Pre-Construction Activities 9 4.1 Pre-Construction Conference 4.2 Preliminary Schedules Submission and Acceptance 4.3 Notice to Proceed 4.4 Earthmoving Permit 4.5 Notifications 4.6 Audio-Visual Pre-Construction Record 4.7 Communications/Notices

5.0 Progress and Control of the Work 11 5.1 Timely Performance of the Work 5.2 Sequence of Work 5.3 Temporary Facilities/ Staging and Storage Area(s) 5.4 Use of Jobsite and Other Areas 5.5 Mobilization 5.6 Work Hours 5.7 Reimbursements to the County for Unscheduled Work Hours 5.8 Progress Meetings 5.9 Construction/Progress Schedule 5.10 As-Built Documents 5.11 Permits, Licenses, Taxes, and Laws and Regulations 5.12 Work within the County/State Rights-of-Ways 5.13 Open Excavations 5.14 Erosion Control 5.15 Maintenance of Traffic (MOT)

5.16 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 5.17 Existing Underground Facilities

5.18 Quality Control 5.19 Materials, Equipment, and Workmanship

5.20 Inspection and Testing of Materials and Equipment 5.21 Sanitary Regulations 5.22 Safety and Health Regulations/Protection of Property 5.23 Hazardous Environmental Conditions


ARTICLE SUBJECT PAGE 5.24 Salvaged Equipment and Materials 5.25 Clean-Up and Disposal

6.0 County’s Rights 20 6.1 County Access to Work 6.2 County May Stop Work

6.3 County May Correct Defective Work 6.4 Right to Retain Defective Work 6.5 County May Suspend Work 6.6 County May Terminate for Cause 6.7 County May Terminate for Convenience 6.8 Partial Utilization 6.9 Project Audit

7.0 Contractor’s Rights and Responsibilities 23 7.1 General 7.2 Supervision and Superintendency 7.3 Subcontractors and Material Suppliers 7.4 Labor 7.5 Reporting Discrepancies 7.6 Project Layout 7.7 Coordination with Other Contractors 7.8 Emergencies 7.9 Patent Fees and Royalties 7.10 Safety Representative 7.11 Hazard Communication Program 7.12 Risk of Loss 7.13 Protection and Restoration of Public and Private Property 7.14 Protection of Environmental Resources 7.15 Protection of Historic and Archeological Resources

8.0 County’s Responsibilities and Duties 27 8.1 Status of the Construction Project Manager 8.2 Review and Approval of the Work 8.3 Resolution of Discrepancies 8.4 Recommendation of Progress Payments 8.5 Inspection and Examination of the Work 8.6 Project Representative/Inspector 8.7 Right to Reject Defective Work 8.8 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 8.9 “Or Equal” and Substitutions

8.10 Claims 8.11 Recommendation of Substantial Completion and Final Payment 8.12 Cooperation

8.13 Availability of Lands for Work 8.14 Survey/Project Controls

9.0 Work by Others 32 9.1 Construction by the County or by Separate Contractors


ARTICLE SUBJECT PAGE 10.0 Cost of the Work 32 10.1 Lump Sum Work 10.2 Unit Price Work 10.3 Allowances

11.0 Changes, Delays, and Time Extensions 33 11.1 Changes in the Work 11.2 Interim Field Change Agreement (IFCA)/Contract Amendment 11.3 Change in Contract Price 11.4 Change in Contract Times 11.5 Delays and Time Extensions 11.6 Notice to Surety

12.0 Claims and Damages 37 12.1 Time of Claim 12.2 Value of Claim 12.3 Claim Form 12.4 Claims for Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustment 12.5 Continuation of the Work 12.6 County’s Action

13.0 Payments to Contractor and Completion 38 13.1 General 13.2 Supporting Documentation 13.3 Progress Payments 13.4 Payment for Stored Materials 13.5 Retainage 13.6 County May Withhold Payments 13.7 Liquidated Damages 13.8 Prompt Payment 13.9 Substantial Completion 13.10 Final Inspection 13.11 Final Acceptance 13.12 Release of Liens 13.13 Final Payment 13.14 Final Completion Delayed

14.0 Manufacturer's Instructions and Services 42 14.1 Manufacturer’s Instruction, Service and Parts Manual 14.2 Manufacturer’s Supervision

15.0 Warranty and Guarantee Provisions 42 15.1 Warranty and Guarantee Provisions

16.0 Miscellaneous 43 16.1 Certified Chemicals 16.2 Fuel Adjustments 16.3 Equipment Maintenance 16.4 Spill Prevention/Containment 16.5 Disposal of Pollutants


GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.0 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1.1 GENERAL: Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms

listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural, as well as pronouns used in their place. This list is not meant to be all inclusive, as other terms may be defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents printed with initial capital letters.

ADDENDA: Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of bids which clarify, correct, or change the Contract Documents.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: The County staff person acting as the County’s authorized representative, responsible for the performance and final acceptance of the Work. This agent, named in the Contract, has responsibility for Contract Document interpretations, Contractor compliance with the terms of the Contract, and resolutions in cases of Contract Document discrepancies, claims, disputes, and non-compliance.

APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: The form acceptable to the County which is to be used by the Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract.

CLAIM: A written demand or assertion by the County or the Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.

CONFORMED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The formal Contract Documents prepared by the County, incorporating all addenda, completed bid form, Performance and Payment Bond, Insurance Certificate(s), and other forms required by the Contract into a bound set of final documents which will be exclusively used and recognized during the construction of the Work. Each set of Conformed Contract Documents will be so labeled and sequentially numbered as to be readily identifiable as copies of the authentic Contract Documents.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT: The written Contract executed by the County and the Contractor for the performance of the Work, which incorporates by reference, all Contract Documents.

CONSTRUCTION PLANS/DRAWINGS: A set of drawings prepared and/or approved by the Engineer/Architect of Record, which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the work to be furnished and performed by the Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Construction Plans/Drawings as so defined.

CONSTRUCTION/PROGRESS SCHEDULE: A time schedule prepared and submitted by the Contractor in an approved form and in a Primavera compatible approved format, describing the sequence and duration of activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the prescribed Contract Times.

CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER: Authorized County representative with specific responsibilities and duties as defined by the County for management of specified portions of the Contract.

CONTRACT: The totality of the Contract Documents.

CONTRACT AMENDMENT: A form of Contract Modification requiring formal Sarasota County Commission approval.

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: All documents listed in Article III of the Construction Contract.

CONTRACT MODIFICATION: A document signed by the County and the Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract.

CONTRACT PRICE: The Contractor’s bid price accepted by the County, including or excluding additive or deductive alternates, as stipulated in Article II of the Construction Contract.


CONTRACT TIMES: The number of calendar days stipulated in Article VIII of the Construction Contract provided to the Contractor to achieve Milestones (as stipulated), Substantial Completion, and Final Completion of the Work, as defined herein.

CONTRACTOR: The person, firm, or corporation who executed the Construction Contract with the County, and who is responsible for the completion of the Work.

COUNTY: Political subdivision of the State of Florida including the SARASOTA COUNTY COMMISSION, the entity with whom the Contractor has entered into the Contract and for whom the Work is to be performed, including the County Engineer or designated representative.

DAY: The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE CONTRACT: The date the Construction Contract is approved and signed by the County, on which date the Contract becomes effective.

ENGINEER/ARCHITECT OF RECORD: The person, firm or corporation registered in the State of Florida as a Professional Engineer/Architect, or Professional Engineering/ Architectural Company, responsible for the preparation and approval of the Construction Plans/Drawings and Technical Specifications; the permitting of the project with Federal, State, and local agencies having jurisdiction over the Work; and for certification that the Work completed was in substantial conformance with the approved plans and specifications, and/or noting and recording exceptions that did not substantially affect the functionality or quality of the Work required for its intended use. The Engineer/Architect of Record may be one or more persons, firms or corporations.

FIELD ADJUSTMENT: A minor modification to the Construction Plans/Drawings directed by the County, which may involve a structure location or quantity change as may be found desirable to avoid any obstructions, interference with existing structures, or for other reasons that would benefit the Work, without causing or creating a scope change to the Work.

FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE: The date when the Work is completed and approved by the County and the Contractor, including completion of all punch list items, submittal of approved as-built drawings, and completion of all other project close-out requirements, all as defined in the Contract Documents. Evidence witnessing this date will be issued in the “Final Completion and Acceptance Certificate”.

INTERIM FIELD CHANGE AGREEMENT (IFCA): A form of Contract Modification within the general scope of the Contract, which does not result in the Contract Price exceeding the amount stipulated in the Construction Contract. This Contract document, approved and signed by the County and the Contractor, authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an allocation of the Contract contingency or adjustment to the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract.

JOBSITE: Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by the County upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-ways and easements for access thereto, and such other lands indicated by the County which are designated for the use of the Contractor.

MILESTONE: A principal event or Work item, specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.

NOTICE: A formal written correspondence rendered by the Contractor or the County for the purposes of providing notice to the parties of transmittals, requesting information, conditions discovered, pending actions, claims, and other actions pursuant to the Contract requirements.

NOTICE TO PROCEED: A written notice given by the County to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which date the Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract. The Notice to Proceed will fix the dates of Milestones, where applicable, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion of the Contract, based on the stipulated Contract Times.

“OR EQUAL”/SUBSTITUTION: An item reviewed and approved by the County following the effective date of the Contract based on the Contractor’s submittal of alternates or substitutions for equipment/supplies/materials in response to the Technical Specifications denoting the item by a brand name followed by the term “or equal”.


PROJECT: The entire construction or installation to be performed which the Work under this Contract may be the whole or part.

PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (PR)/ INSPECTOR: Authorized field representative of the County, responsible for periodic oversight of the Work, with specific duties and limitations as outlined in these General Conditions.

SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS: A schedule of submittals required by the Contract Documents prepared and maintained by the Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related Work activities.

SCHEDULE OF VALUES: A cost schedule prepared and maintained by the Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various Lump Sum items of the Work as defined in the Contract Documents, and used as the basis for reviewing and approving the Contractor’s application for payment.

SHOP DRAWINGS: All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for the Contractor and submitted by the Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work.

SUBCONTRACTOR: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work.

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: Occurs when the Work is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Project or specified part of the Project can be utilized for the purpose for which it was intended. The date of Substantial Completion will be evidenced in writing by the “Certificate of Substantial Completion”, approved and signed by the Contractor and the County’s Administrative Agent.

SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions.

SURETY: Any person, firm, or corporation that has executed as Surety the Contractor's Bid Bond and/or Performance and Payment Bond securing the performance of the Construction Contract.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto.

UNDERGROUND FACILITIES: All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other facilities or attachments, and encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone, or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, reuse water, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.

WORK: The entire construction required to be provided under the Contract. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all plant, labor, equipment, tools, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.

2.0 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS 2.1 GENERAL: The Work covered by the Contract Documents includes the furnishing of all plant, labor,

equipment, tools, materials and performing all operations and construction work, including all appurtenant work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall perform all operations, construction, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work in a turnkey condition. The Contractor may subcontract a portion of the Work, but shall perform with his own organization work amounting to not less than fifty one percent (51%) of the total Contract Price.


3.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Refer to Article III of the Construction Contract for the list of Contract

Documents included in the Contract. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Contract between the County and Contractor.

3.2 INTENT:

A. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe the Work (or part thereof) to be constructed by the Contractor, which results in a complete and functional product. Any plant, labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services that may be reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended results will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to the County.

B. The several parts of the Contract are intended to be complimentary in describing the Work and the responsibilities of the Contractor and the County and any requirements stipulated in one part of the Contract Documents is as binding on the parties as though occurring in all. In the event there are any conflicting provisions or requirements among the Contract Documents, the provisions and requirements of the Contract Documents shall take the following order of precedence:

1. IFCA and Contract Amendments 2. Construction Contract 3. Special Conditions 4. Supplemental General Conditions 5. General Conditions 6. Technical Specifications 7. Construction Plans/Drawings

In case of discrepancy concerning dimension, quantity, and location, graphic drawings will take precedence over the specifications; explanatory notes on the drawings will take precedence over conflicting drawn indications; and large scale details will take precedence over smaller scaled drawings. In case of discrepancy concerning quality and/or quantity within the documents, the Contractor shall include the better quality and/or the greater quantity, unless otherwise determined in writing by the County.

Interpretations and resolution of discrepancies within the Contract Documents shall be made solely by the County’s Administrative Agent and issued in writing upon receipt of the Contractor’s written request.

C. The Contractor shall fully comply with all requirements of the Contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any agent or employee of the County, Construction Project Manager or the Engineer/Architect of Record either before or after the execution of the Construction Contract shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in the Contract.

3.3 CONFORMED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Following award of the Contract, the County will prepare the Conformed Contract Documents, providing one (1) originally signed and executed set to the Contractor. Up to three (3) additional copies of the Conformed Contract Documents will be provided to the Contractor at no charge. Additional copies of the Conformed Contract Documents may be obtained from the County upon payment of reproduction costs. One complete set of Construction Plans/Drawings and Technical Specifications shall be maintained at the Jobsite for as-built drawings preparation by the Contractor, and shall be available for review by the County at all times.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION PLANS/DRAWINGS:

A. Refer to Article III of the Construction Contract for the list of Construction Plans/Drawings.

B. The general character and scope of the work is illustrated by the Construction Plans/Drawings. These drawings, which show the scope, extent and character of the work to be furnished and performed by the Contractor have been prepared and/or approved by the Engineer/Architect of Record, and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not Construction Plans/Drawings as so defined.


C. Checking of Drawings and Dimensions: 1) The Contractor shall check all drawings immediately upon their receipt and shall promptly

notify the County in writing of any discrepancies. Anything shown on the drawings and not mentioned in the Technical Specifications, or mentioned in the Technical Specifications and not shown on the drawings, shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both.

2) Figures marked on all drawings shall, in general, be followed in preference to scale measurements. Large-scale drawings shall, in general, govern small-scale drawings. The Contractor shall compare all drawings and verify the figures before laying out the work and will be responsible for any errors which might have been avoided thereby. When dimensions on the drawings are affected by the type of equipment selected, the Contractor shall adjust such dimensions as conditions may require, upon written notification and approval of the County.

3.5 AMENDING AND SUPPLEMENTING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:

A. The Contract may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by an Interim Field Change Agreement (IFCA), or a Contract Amendment.

B. The requirements of the Contract may be supplemented and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized by a written interpretation or clarification, or by a Field Adjustment as directed by the County.

3.6 REFERENCE STANDARDS:

A. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to laws or regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or laws or regulations in effect on the Effective Date of the Contract, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract.

B. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or any instruction of a manufacturer or supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of the County or the Contractor or any of their Subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to the County or any of their authorized representatives, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract.

3.7 REUSE OF DOCUMENTS:

A. The Contractor and any Subcontractor or supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all or any portion of the Work, shall not:

1) Have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the drawings, specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of the Engineer/Architect of Record or the Engineer/Architect of Record’s consultants, including electronic media editions.

2) Reuse any of such drawings, specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of the County and the Engineer/Architect of Record and specific written verification or adaption by the Engineer/Architect of Record.

B. The prohibition of this paragraph will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude the Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes.


4.0 PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES 4.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: A. Following award of the Contract, the County may schedule a pre-construction conference. Attendees

of the conference shall be the Contractor and the Contractors proposed superintendent, the County and authorized representative(s), utility company representatives, and other interested parties.

B. The pre-construction conference is intended to establish a working understanding among the parties, and to review work schedules, procedures for handling shop drawings and other submissions, processing of progress payments, and such other matters as may be pertinent to the Work. The Contractor shall submit, for approval by the County, a summary of the proposed work approach, a preliminary Schedule of Values, a preliminary Submittals Schedule, a preliminary Construction/Progress Schedule, emergency contact phone numbers, Labor and Equipment Rate Schedule (excluding overhead and profit), and any other information as required for the pre-construction conference.

4.2 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULES SUBMISSION AND ACCEPTANCE: A. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: 1) This schedule includes quantities and prices for all Lump Sum bid items, which when added

together equal the Lump Sum Contract Price for each such item bid, and subdivides the Lump Sum items into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for the review and approval of progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each Lump Sum item of Work bid.

2) The Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to the County as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Lump Sum Contract Prices to component parts of the Lump Sum item of Work.

B. SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE: 1) This schedule, which is incorporated into the Construction/Progress Schedule, provides for the

review and acceptance of the Contractor’s submittals required by the Contract Documents, and must provide sufficient time for the County review so as to comply with the Contract Times.

2) This schedule shall also include any Contractor proposed substitutions/”or equal” products requiring review by and approval of the County. The Contractor shall provide sufficient time in the Construction/Progress Schedule for such product review.

3) The Contractor’s schedule of submittals will be acceptable to the County if it provides for a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals as shown on the Progress Schedule.

C. CONSTRUCTION/PROGRESS SCHEDULE: 1) This construction schedule, prepared in Primavera compatible critical path format, indicating the

times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various items and stages of the Work, including the scheduling of any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. The initial submittal shall, at a minimum, indicate the late start dates and late finish dates required to meet the Contract Times.

2) The Contractor’s Progress Schedule will be acceptable to the County if it provides for an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on the County responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve the Contractor from the Contractor’s full responsibility therefore.

D. The County will provide the Contractor with its comments to the above schedules. No Progress Payment will be made to the Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to the County.

4.3 NOTICE TO PROCEED: A written Notice will be provided to the Contractor by the County affirming the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run. The date of the Notice to Proceed generally begins the Contract Times unless another date is otherwise agreed to by the County and the Contractor, and is the date on which the Contractor shall start to perform the Contractor’s obligations under this Contract. This Notice to Proceed will also set the completion dates for Milestones (where applicable),


Substantial Completion, and Final Completion of the Work. No work shall commence at the Jobsite prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run.

4.4 EARTH MOVING PERMIT:

A. Temporary storage and stockpiling of materials resulting from earthmoving activities on private property will require a permit based on the Sarasota County Earthmoving Ordinance. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining an Earthmoving Permit prior to commencing construction, in the event the Contractor plans on storing and stockpiling such materials on private property.

B. Earthmoving activities, such as excavating, hauling, receiving, and stockpiling, performed in connection with a Sarasota County construction or maintenance project, and performed within and upon County owned property and rights-of-ways, is authorized under the Sarasota County Earthmoving Ordinance as an exemption. These activities, however, may be subject to certain submittals per the Earthmoving Ordinance. The Contractor is responsible for determining what, if any, submittals are required in order to comply with the Earthmoving Ordinance.

4.5 NOTIFICATIONS:

A. Notice to the County: The Contractor shall give the County five (5) days advanced written notice of the date scheduled to commence Work under this Contract in order that required County actions may be started sufficiently in advance of the Contractor's operations. This Notice to the County shall be given within the time frame of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed.

B. Notification of Utility Companies: The Contractor shall notify the utility companies and agencies well ahead of the proposed Work. The Contractor shall cooperate with all affected utility companies and provide schedules, etc., when requested.

C. Emergency Vehicle Notification: The Contractor shall notify the police, fire department, and ambulance services of the proposed construction schedule one week in advance of the proposed Work.

D. Resident Notification: The Contractor will provide notification to all residents affected by, and adjacent to the Work. The notification will be delivered no less than one week prior to construction commencement. Notices shall be hand-delivered door to door to the properties first affected by the construction; thereafter properties to be affected within five (5) days of construction shall receive notice thereof. The door hanger format shall be developed by the County for use by the Contractor.

4.6 AUDIO-VISUAL PRE-CONSTRUCTION RECORD: Prior to commencing the Work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio-video record in digital video format taken at and around the Jobsite, and along the length of the proposed Work, to serve as a record of pre-construction conditions. No construction shall begin prior to review and acceptance of the digital video’s covering the Work area(s) by the County. The County shall have the authority to reject all or any portion of the audio-video recordings not conforming to the specifications and order that it be redone at no additional charge. The Contractor shall promptly reschedule the re-recording of unacceptable coverage after being notified. The County will designate those areas, if any, to be omitted from or added to the audio-video coverage. The audio-video recordings shall not be made more than thirty days prior to construction start. All audio/video recordings and written records related to the recordings shall become property of the County. Submittals of pre and post Construction digital video recordings will be as specified in the Contract Documents.

4.7 COMMUNICATIONS/NOTICES:

A. Communications: Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the County and the Contractor shall endeavor to communicate to each other on matters arising out of or relating to the management of the Work. Communications by and with the County’s consultants shall be through the County. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the County.

B. Notices: All forms of notices given by the Contractor or the County must be in writing, and delivered to the other party in the manner of and within the time prescribed by the Contract Documents. If a written notice is not presented in a timely manner, it is presumed not to have been given.


5.0 PROGRESS AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 5.1 TIMELY PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK:

A. Time limits stated in the Construction Contract are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Contract, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Times stated in the Construction Contract are reasonable periods for performing the Work.

B. The Contractor shall execute the Work in such time and with such forces of workers, materials, equipment and tools as are required to complete the Work as contemplated in the Contract Documents and detailed in the current Construction/Progress Schedule. If at any time the workers, materials, equipment and tools used are insufficient or improper for securing the quality of work required, or the required rate of progress, the Contractor shall increase its efficiency and improve the quality of its work to comply with the Contract Documents and as is necessary to complete the Work within the Contract Times.

5.2 SEQUENCE OF WORK:

A. The Contractor shall schedule the Work as set forth in the Contract Documents, and where shown, perform the Work in stages as indicated in the Contract Documents.

B. The Contractor shall submit a Work sequence schedule/plan to the County for review prior to any construction activity. This Work sequencing, once approved, shall be reflected in the Construction/Progress Schedule. The Contractor shall take into consideration any special conditions, restrictions and allowances identified in the Contract Documents, when developing the sequence schedule and implementing the Work.

C. Special conditions, restrictions and allowances may be required to minimize inconvenience to the general public and to expedite the restoration efforts.

5.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES/STAGING AND STORAGE AREA(S):

A. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities at every stage of performing the Work.

B. The types of facilities and utility services required for general temporary use at the Jobsite may include the following (other specific services may be required for specific construction methods or operations):

1) Water service (potable for certain uses). 2) Portable sanitary facilities. 3) Drainage and run-off control facilities. 4) Compressed air service. 5) Electric power service.

C. In setting up temporary facilities, the Contractor shall: 1) Follow all applicable codes and ordinances that may govern the permitting and inspection by

governing authorities in establishing the temporary facilities. 2) Comply with pollution and environmental protection regulations for the use of water and

other services, and for the discharge of wastes and storm water drainage from the Work area. 3) Enforce strict discipline in the use of utility services. Limit availability to essential uses, so

as to minimize waste. Do not allow the installations to be abused or endangered. 4) Provide adequate signs, fences, barricades, and flashing lights, and take all necessary

precautions for the protection of the Work area and the safety of the public.

D. Staging and Storage Areas: 1) The Contractor shall be responsible for locating, securing, and paying for staging and storage

areas located outside of the County owned property and rights-of-ways. 2) The Contractor’s attention is directed to the County requirements involving permitting for

Earth Moving activities. (See Article 4 – Pre-Construction Activities).


E. Storage of Materials: 1) All materials, supplies and equipment, including the County supplied materials, supplies and

equipment, intended for use in the Work shall be suitably stored by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense, to prevent damage from exposure to the elements of nature, mixture with foreign substances, vandalism or theft, or other cause. The Contractor shall take all precautions against any such damage occurrence, and shall be responsible for damage resulting there from. Delivered materials shall be stored in a manner recommended by the manufacturer or supplier and acceptable to the County before any payment will be made.

2) The County will refuse to accept, or sample for testing any materials, supplies or equipment that have been improperly stored or have become contaminated in any way. Materials found unfit for use shall not be incorporated in the Work and shall immediately be removed from the Jobsite.

3) All materials removed from the Jobsite for disposal as called for in the Contract Documents or directed by the County, shall be performed in a legal manner in conformance with all local, State, and Federal laws and regulations.

5.4 USE OF JOBSITE AND OTHER AREAS:

A. The Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Jobsite and other areas permitted by laws and regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Jobsite and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. The Contractor shall allow use of the Jobsite by other contractors, by the County, and by the public, as applicable.

B. The Contractor shall keep the Jobsite free of rubbish and waste materials on a continual basis, and shall restore to their original condition those portions of the Jobsite disrupted by the construction.

5.5 MOBILIZATION:

A. The Contractor shall mobilize as required for the proper performance and completion of the Work.

5.6 WORK HOURS: A. Regular working hours are defined as up to ten (10) hours per day, Monday through Friday,

beginning no earlier than 7:00 A.M. and ending no later than 7:00 P.M., excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Holidays.

B. Whenever the Contractor is performing any part of the Work, with the exception of equipment maintenance and cleanup, inspection of the Work will be required.

C. Requests for approval by the County to work other than regular working hours must be submitted to the County at least 48 hours prior to any proposed weekend work or scheduled extended workweek hours.

D. Periodic unscheduled work hours on weekdays will be permitted provided that two hours notice is provided to the County. Maintenance and cleanup may be performed during hours other than regular working hours.

5.7 REIMBURSEMENTS TO THE COUNTY FOR UNSCHEDULED WORK HOURS: The Contractor shall reimburse the County for additional construction management and/or inspection costs incurred as a result of unscheduled work in excess of regular working hours. At the County's option, unscheduled work costs may either be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retainage prior to release of final payment. Construction management/inspection costs shall be as follows: Overtime and Saturday rates shall be at 1.5 times the prevailing staff rates; and Sunday and holiday rates will be at 2 times the prevailing staff rates.

5.8 PROGRESS MEETINGS: A. On days and at a location mutually agreed upon at the pre-construction conference, regular progress

meetings shall be held at the Jobsite, at the County’s designated office, or at the Contractor’s project office, to review the progress of the Work, identify any utility issues and potential delays or problems, review any required project submittals, review progress payment applications, and discuss other issues that may arise.


5.9 CONSTRUCTION/PROGRESS SCHEDULE:

A. The Contractor shall adhere to the currently accepted Construction/Progress Schedule as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below, and as may be further detailed in the Contract Documents.

1) Schedule adjustments with no change in Contract Times: The Contractor shall submit to the County for acceptance, proposed adjustments in the Construction/Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjustments, if accepted, shall be incorporated into a revised Progress Schedule which will be submitted with the Contractor’s next progress payment application.

2) Proposed schedule adjustments with a change in Contract Times: Proposed changes to the Construction/Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be modified by an IFCA or Contract Amendment.

5.10 AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS:

A. The Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Jobsite one record set of Conformed Contract Documents, IFCAs, Contract Amendments, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction.

B. All approved shop drawings, product data sheets, and samples, are to be made available to the County at all times during the progress of the Work.

C. During the progress of the Work, the Contractor shall maintain accurate daily written records of the Work performed and conditions of the Work.

D. The record set of Construction Plans/Drawings, which will become the “as-built” drawings, shall be “red-lined” by the Contractor to show all changes in the Work, including approved materials and equipment changes and approved changes in horizontal and vertical alignments made during the course of the Work. All locations and dimensions shall be referenced by two (2) point swing-ties taken from permanent, readily identifiable reference points, such as building walls and corners, columns, utility poles, hydrants, valves, etc. All depths or elevations are to be taken from finished floors, finished grades, or from permanent bench marks shown on the Construction Plans/Drawings.

E. Prior to approval of the Contractor’s monthly payment applications, the County shall review the as-built drawings to ensure that they are up-to-date, and accurate. The County may withhold progress payments should the review reveal that the as-built drawings have not been properly maintained.

F. Upon completion of the Work, and as a pre-requisite to Final Completion and Acceptance, these as-built drawings shall be delivered in good condition to the County.

G. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the accuracy of the as-built drawings, and shall bear any costs incurred in finding utilities or other concealed or buried Work items, as a result of incorrect data furnished by the Contractor. The review of the as-built drawings by the County does not relieve the Contractor from obligations under the Contract, and for providing the necessary information on Work completed for the Engineer/Architect of Record’s certification.

5.11 PERMITS, LICENSES, TAXES, AND LAWS AND REGULATIONS:

A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits and licenses required by Federal, State, and local agencies having jurisdiction over the Work, prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall adhere to the permit conditions provided in the permits issued by all such agencies, and shall post all permits in a conspicuous location at the Jobsite.

B. The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by the laws and regulations of the place where the Work is performed.

C. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations related to the Work.


5.12 WORK WITHIN THE COUNTY/STATE RIGHTS-OF-WAYS:

A. The Contractor shall refer to the latest revised editions of the Sarasota County Mobility standards, and the Florida Department of Transportation specifications and regulations for all work within the County and State rights-of-ways.

B. Contractor shall apply for, pay, and obtain the necessary city, County, and State Right-of-Way Permit(s) prior to the start of any Work within a public right-of-way.

C. All private and public right-of ways, which are used or affected by the Work, will be maintained and preserved from damage during the Contractor’s operations and restored to their original or better condition upon completion or cessation of Work.

5.13 OPEN EXCAVATIONS:

A. All open excavations shall be adequately safeguarded by providing temporary barricades, caution signs, lights and other means to prevent accidents to persons, and damage to property.

B. The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act. the Contractor shall comply with all OSHA regulations referenced in the Florida Trench Safety Act, and applicable to the construction of the Work.

C. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide suitable and safe bridges and other crossings for accommodating travel by vehicles, pedestrians and workmen.

D. If the excavation becomes a hazard, or if it excessively restricts traffic at any point, the County may require special construction procedures such as limiting the length of open trench and prohibiting stacking excavated material in the street.

E. Access to driveways must be maintained and, if disturbed or damaged, restored as soon as practical by the Contractor.

F. The maximum length of open trench shall be forty (40) feet at any one time. Trenches shall not remain open overnight.

G. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open trenches. All trenches, excavated material, equipment, or other obstacles which could be dangerous to the public shall be barricaded and well lighted at all times when construction is not in progress.

H. All costs in connection with open excavations shall be included in the Unit Price and/or Lump Sum prices.

5.14 EROSION CONTROL:

A. The Contractor shall develop and maintain a plan to control erosion at the Jobsite, and submit the plan to the County for approval prior to the start of construction. The plan shall incorporate best management practices in the use of erosion control methods, be complete and in place prior to the start of construction in accordance with the Contract Documents, and as directed by the County.

B. The Contractor shall not commence clearing, grubbing, grading, or other construction activities which may cause erosion until the erosion control plan is in place, and approved by the County.

C. Where certain thresholds are met relative to the amount of area disturbed by the Work, a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit will be required to be obtained by the Contractor, in accordance with the Contract Documents.

D. The Contractor shall regularly inspect, maintain, and repair or replace damaged components of the erosion control system. The Contractor shall maintain the erosion control system until final acceptance, and thereafter, remove the temporary erosion and sediment control system promptly.

5.15 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (MOT):

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, submittal, and approval by the proper reviewing agencies, of maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans for each stage of the Work. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to set up and maintain the MOT according to State and local transportation agency regulations. All MOT work shall conform to the requirements of the Sarasota County Mobility standards.


B. The Contractor’s work under this section includes preparing, constructing, and maintaining of approved ingress and egress features at the temporary storage/staging facility to reduce/eliminate tracking of mud, silt, and dust onto public and private residential streets.

C. The Contractor shall at all times so conduct his work as to insure the least possible obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to the general public and the residents in the vicinity of the Work, and to insure the protection of persons and property, in a manner satisfactory to the County.

D. The Contractor may not begin work until the maintenance of traffic (MOT) plan is approved in writing by Sarasota County Mobility. Any modification to the MOT plan requires Sarasota County Mobility written approval.

E. All spills caused by the Contractor’s operation will be cleaned up immediately.

F. All public and private streets affected by the Contractor’s hauling operations, shall be cleared of dust, debris, and minor drippings at the end of each work day.

G. Unless otherwise provided in the Bid Form, all costs in connection with the maintenance of traffic work shall be included in the Unit Price and/or Lump Sum prices.

5.16 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS:

A. Geotechnical Reports and Soil Borings: Technical data, such as reports and explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Jobsite are included, if applicable, in the Contract Docu-ments, and were used by the Engineer/Architect of Record in preparing the Construction Drawings.

B. Limited Reliance by the Contractor on Technical Data: The Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports. Except for such reliance on such technical data, the Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against the County or the Engineer/Architect of Record, or any of their representatives or agents with respect to:

1) The completeness of such reports for the Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by the Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or

2) Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports; or 3) Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any technical data or any such

other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.

C. Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions: 1) Immediately upon discovery by the Contractor of substantially differing subsurface and

physical conditions than those shown in the Contract Documents, or unusual from conditions normally expected at Jobsites of this type, the Contractor shall promptly notify the County to obtain a determination on how to proceed with the Work. Except in an emergency, the Contractor shall not further disturb the Jobsite until the County investigates the conditions, provides further testing where required, resolves the issue, and directs the Contractor to proceed with the Work.

2) Should the County determine the conditions differ materially and increase or decrease the Contractor’s costs or time in the performance of the Work, and upon approval of the County, an IFCA or Contract Amendment will be prepared in accordance with the Contract.

3) If the County determines that the conditions are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the County shall promptly notify the Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefore.

4) In such cases, the Contractor shall move to another area of the Work until the issue is resolved.

5.17 EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITIES:

A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Jobsite is based on information and data furnished to the County or the Engineer/Architect of Record by the owners of such underground facilities, including the County, or by others. The County and the Engineer/Architect of Record shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data.


B. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain water, telephone, electric, cable TV, sewer, gas and other related utility services throughout the construction of the Work at no additional cost to the County.

C. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with all private and public utilities during the installation of their new facilities, or repair or relocation of their existing facilities. The Contractor shall coordinate his work accordingly and shall have no claim except for time extension for delays associated with the proposed utility improvements.

D. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for providing all temporary piping, electrical hook-ups, lighting, temporary structures, or whatever is required to maintain the existing utility systems.

E. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and the Contractor shall have full responsibility for:

1) Reviewing and checking all such Underground Facilities information and data. 2) Locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. 3) Coordination of the Work and cooperating with the owners of such Underground Facilities,

including the County, during construction. 4) The safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage

thereto resulting from the Work.

F. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Jobsite which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, or not field located by the utility owner(s) with the accuracy required by Sunshine State One Call of Florida, the Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner of the facility, and to the County.

1) The County will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, the Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility.

2) If the County concludes that the conflict can be avoided with a minor modification of the Work, the County will require a Field Adjustment, instructing the Contractor how to proceed with the Work, and document the event.

3) If the County concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, an IFCA or Contract Amendment will be issued to reflect and document the event and the required adjustments to the Work. Following consultation with the utility owner, either the utility owner will relocate the existing Underground Facility, or an IFCA or Contract Amendment will be issued to the Contractor for the relocation of the existing utility.

4) An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Times, to the extent attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents or field locates.

G. In order to comply with Chapter 556 of the Florida Statutes, the Contractor is responsible for contacting Sunshine State One Call of Florida (SSOCOF) @ 811, or 1-800-432-4770, to request a locate ticket so that SSOCOF members that own or operate underground facilities can locate and mark their underground facilities at and adjacent to the Jobsite. This requirement includes all operations such as demolition, grading, dredging, ditching, drilling, boring, cable plowing or other such activities. Notification requirements are as follows:

1) The Contractor must notify SSOCOF a minimum of two (2) full business days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, prior to excavating. Day one begins the day after the call is made.

2) If the Contractor’s dig site is in an area that is underwater, the Contractor must call ten (10) full business days before digging.


5.18 QUALITY CONTROL:

A. The Contractor shall establish and maintain appropriate quality control for the Work. The Contractor shall record any problems in complying with laws, regulations and ordinances, and corrective actions taken. Any problems with the Work shall be reported to the County immediately, followed by written notification of the occurrence of the incidences.

B. The Contractor shall not deviate from the approved Project permits, Construction Plans/Drawings and Technical Specifications, without specific authorization from the County. In the event that the Contractor determines modifications are required, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a written request to the County including an explanation of the problem and justification for the suggested modification.

C. The Contractor shall establish and maintain the Contractor’s own quality control program for the Work.

D. Cutting and Patching: The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. The Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of the County and the others whose work will be affected.

5.19 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND WORKMANSHIP:

A. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all workmanship, materials, and articles incorporated in the Work shall be of good quality and new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose and shall be acceptable to the County. The County shall decide the question of quality where the terms, “or equal”, “approved equal” or “equivalent”, are used in the Technical Specifications following reference to a specific manufacturer of equipment or materials. When and to the extent required by the Technical Specifications or by the County for review, the Contractor shall provide full information, including reports and tests, concerning the materials, equipment, or methods of work which the Contractor contemplates incorporating in the Work. Samples of materials shall be submitted for review where required. Materials and equipment installed or used, or unusual methods of work used without such review may be rejected without liability to the County.

B. Defective Material, Equipment, or Work: 1) When any material or equipment not conforming to the requirements of the Contract

Documents has been delivered to the Jobsite, or incorporated in the Work, or whenever any Work performed does not conform to the Contract Documents or is of inferior and unacceptable quality, then such material, equipment, or work shall be deemed to be defective. All such defective materials, equipment, or Work shall be corrected, removed, replaced or made satisfactory to the County at no additional cost to the County.

2) The Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time for correcting or removing and replacing defective Work.

C. All materials, equipment, and installation shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the manufacturer or applicable supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.

D. Special Warranties and Guaranties: All special warranties and guaranties required by the Technical Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of the County.

5.20 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:

A. Unless otherwise provided in the Bid Form, all testing shall be at the expense of the Contractor.

B. The Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory approved by the County, to perform all inspections and tests required by the Contract Documents.

C. The Contractor shall arrange for all such testing, and give the County timely notice of the readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.


D. The Contractor shall pay for all factory tests required on equipment and materials. Copies of test results or where acceptable, certifications of compliance on equipment and materials made at the factory or manufacturing plant, shall be furnished to the County. Test reports on equipment shall be reviewed by the County before the equipment covered by the tests is delivered to the Jobsite. Test requirements are set out in the detailed Technical Specifications for the particular equipment and materials.

E. If laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any portion of the Work specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish the County the required certificates of inspection or approvals.

F. Copies of all test results shall be provided to the County as soon as they are available.

G. Uncovering Work: 1) If any Work required to be inspected, tested, or approved, is covered prior to such inspection,

testing, or approval without written concurrence of the County, it must, if requested by the County, be uncovered for the County’s inspection, testing, and approval, and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.

2) If, after written concurrence by the County to cover the Work, the County considers it necessary or advisable that the covered Work be observed, inspected, or tested by others, the Contractor, at the County’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as the County may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, tools, material, and equipment.

3) If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, the Contractor shall pay all costs arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory repairing, replacing, or reconstructing the defective Work, including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others.

4) If it is found that the uncovered Work previously consented in writing by the County to be covered, is not found to be defective, the Contractor shall submit a Claim to the County for an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction.

H. Correction or Removal and Replacement of Defective Work: Within seven (7) days of issuance of a written notice of defective Work by the County, the Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by the County, remove it from the Jobsite and replace it with Work that is not defective. The Contractor shall pay all costs arising out of or relating to such correction or removal and replacement, including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others, caused by the defective Work.

5.21 SANITARY REGULATIONS: Adequate sanitary facilities for the use of persons employed in the Work, properly secluded from public observations, shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor in such a manner and at such points as shall be approved by the County. These facilities shall be maintained at all times without nuisance and their use shall be strictly enforced. Upon completion of the Work, they shall be removed from the Jobsite, leaving it clean and free from nuisance.

5.22 SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS/ PROTECTION OF PROPERTY:

A. The Contractor shall comply with, and ensure that the Contractor's personnel and subcontracted personnel comply with all current applicable local, State and Federal policies, regulations, laws, and standards relating to safety and health, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) for the General Industry (29 CFR 1910) and for the Construction Industry (29 CFR 1926). The Contractor shall follow the Federal Environmental Protection Agency Standards and Florida Trench and Safety Act under Florida Statutes Section 553.60-553.64. The Contractor shall observe, follow and comply with all OSHA permitting instructions and regulations for Confined Space Entry, 29 CFR 1910.146 as related to the project. These forms can be obtained electronically from OSHA's website. The Contractor shall post all required OSHA notices at the Jobsite.


B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

1) All persons on the Jobsite or who may be affected by the Work. 2) All the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on

or off the Jobsite. 3) Other property at the Jobsite or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,

pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of the Work.

C. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when execution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property.

D. All damage, injury, or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be promptly remedied by the Contractor.

E The Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed, and the County has issued the Final Completion and Acceptance Certificate.

5.23 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS:

A. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous environmental condition or if the Contractor or anyone for whom the Contractor is responsible creates a hazardous environmental condition, the Contractor shall immediately:

1) Secure or otherwise isolate such condition. 2) Stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby except in an

emergency. 3) Notify the County promptly and thereafter within 48 hours in writing confirming such notice. 4) The County shall promptly determine the necessity for the County to retain a qualified expert

to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. B. In such cases where a hazardous environmental condition is discovered, the Contractor shall move to

another area of the Work until the issue is resolved. C. The Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until

after the County has obtained any required permits or clearances related thereto and delivered to the Contractor written notice:

1) Specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of the Work; or

2) Specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. 3) The County shall prepare an IFCA for an adjustment in Contract Times, as a result of such

delay, and stipulate any special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by the Contractor.

D. Contractor shall not be responsible for any hazardous environmental condition uncovered or revealed at the Jobsite which was not shown, indicated, or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a hazardous environmental condition created with any materials brought to the Jobsite by Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible.

5.24 SALVAGED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS:

A. Unless otherwise directed by the County, salvaged materials, equipment or supplies are the property of the County and shall be kept clean and properly stored as directed by the County.


B. Should the County choose to not accept these materials they shall be removed from the Project site by the Contractor as soon as practical.

C. All materials excavated by the Contractor and suitable for fill shall be stockpiled and used by the Contractor as fill material for the Work. Excess suitable fill material not required for the Work shall remain the property of the County and shall be transported by the Contractor within a 5 mile radius and unloaded at a location determined by the County at no additional cost.

D. All materials excavated by the Contractor and not suitable for fill, and material not required by the County shall be hauled and be properly disposed of by the Contractor at no additional expense to the County.

5.25 CLEAN-UP AND DISPOSAL:

A. Cleanup and restoration shall be accomplished on a continuing basis throughout the performance of the Work, and in such a manner as to maintain a minimum of nuisance and interference to the County, residents and workers at or adjacent to the Jobsite.

B. Removal of Debris during Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work, the Contractor shall keep the Jobsite and other areas free from accumulations of construction debris, waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. The Contractor shall, within a reasonable time, dispose of all residues resulting from the Work, and shall remove and properly dispose of any surplus excavation, broken pavement, concrete, brick, lumber, and other construction materials, and any refuse as these items accumulate.

C. Removal and disposal of such construction debris, waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable laws and regulations.

D. Removal of Temporary Facilities: At the time the need for temporary structures or temporary utility services or a substantial portion thereof has ended, or when the temporary structures and services have been replaced by permanent Work, and not later than the time of substantial completion, the Contractor shall promptly remove the installations. The Contractor shall complete and restore work, which may have been delayed or affected by the installation and use of the temporary facilities, including any required repairs, grading, restoration, and cleaning of exposed surfaces, and replace any work damaged beyond acceptable restoration.

E. Final Clean-up: Prior to Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work, the Contractor shall clean the Jobsite and the Work and make it ready for utilization by the County. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from the Jobsite all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better, all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.

6.0 COUNTY’S RIGHTS 6.1 COUNTY ACCESS TO WORK: The County, including its authorized representatives and agents, and

governmental agency representatives with jurisdictional interests, shall at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in preparation or progress, and may visit the Jobsite and observe the Work to ensure compliance with the Contract. The Contractor shall provide the County and its agents proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of the Contractor’s Jobsite safety procedures and programs so that they may comply.

6.2 COUNTY MAY STOP WORK:

A. If the Contractor’s work is repeatedly defective, or the Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment to complete the Work, or fails to correct a safety issue brought to the Contractor’s attention, or fails or neglects to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will not meet the Contract Time requirements, or violates in a substantial way any provisions of the Contract, the County, may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated.


B. The County may terminate payments to the Contractor for those portions of the Work affected by a stop work order.

C. The Contractor, upon receipt of a stop work order, shall, after securing the Jobsite, immediately cease work, and shall not be entitled to a Change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such order.

D. The Contractor may be allowed to resume work following the submission and acceptance of a work plan addressing the cause of the stop work order, and provided that the corrective work is carried out within seven (7) days of resuming work.

6.3 COUNTY MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK:

A. The County may, without prejudice to other remedies the County may have, issue a stop work order to the Contractor for failure or neglect to carry out the provisions of the Contract as noted above, and after seven (7) days written notice to the Contractor, proceed to correct or remedy any such deficiencies either by its own forces or through the services of another contractor.

B. In such case, an appropriate IFCA or Contract Amendment shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable costs of correcting such deficiencies, including the County’s expenses for additional services made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor, or Surety, shall pay the difference to the County.

C. The Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the County of the County’s rights and remedies under the Contract.

6.4 RIGHT TO RETAIN DEFECTIVE WORK:

A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the County finds and decides that any part or portion of the imperfect work is not of sufficient magnitude or importance as to make the Work dangerous or undesirable, or if the removal of such Work would create conditions which are dangerous or undesirable, and the County prefers to accept the defective Work or portions thereof, the County may do so. Any portion of work not so accepted by the County shall be removed and replaced as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for all attributable costs of the County’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work as well as the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise due to the Contractor.

B. If any such acceptance of defective Work occurs prior to final payment, an IFCA may be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and the County shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, and the cost of evaluating the defective Work for acceptance. If the acceptance occurs after final payment, the appropriate costs will be paid by the Contractor, or Surety, to the County.

C. Such retention of a portion of the Work that would be considered defective shall not constitute a waiver by the County of the Contractor’s remaining obligations under the Contract.

6.5 COUNTY MAY SUSPEND WORK:

A. The County may, at any time and without cause, suspend the work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) consecutive days by notice in writing to the Contractor. Such Notice shall fix the date on which the Work shall be resumed. The Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. The Contractor may request an increase in Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if a timely Claim is made pursuant to the Contract.


6.6 COUNTY MAY TERMINATE FOR CAUSE:

A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause:

1) The Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the approved Construction/Progress Schedule, adjusted from time to time pursuant to the Contract Documents.

2) The Contractor’s disregard of laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction.

3) The Contractor’s disregard of the authority of the County’s authorized agents.

4) The Contractor’s failure to repair or remove and replace defective materials or Work.

5) The Contractor’s violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract.

B. If one or more of the events identified above occur, the County may, after giving the Contractor and Surety seven (7) days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of the Contractor:

1) Exclude the Contractor from the Jobsite, and take possession of the Work and of all the Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Jobsite, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by the Contractor (without liability to the Contractor for trespass or conversion),

2) Incorporate in the unfinished Work all materials and equipment stored at the Jobsite or elsewhere for which the County has paid the Contractor, and

3) Complete the Work as the County may deem expedient.

C. If the County proceeds as provided above, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price (less any unused Allowance balances), exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages sustained by the County arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to the Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor or Surety shall pay the difference to the County. When exercising any rights or remedies allowed under the Contract, the County shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.

D. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor’s services will not be terminated if the Contractor begins within seven (7) days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure all such noted failures within no more than thirty (30) days of receipt of said notice.

E. Where the Contractor’s services have been so terminated by the County, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the County against the Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retainage or payment of moneys due the Contractor by the County will not release the Contractor from liability under the Contract.

F. In the case of termination of the Contract for any cause before completion, the Contractor, if notified to do so by the County, shall promptly remove any part or all of the Contractor’s equipment and supplies at the expense of the Contractor.

6.7 COUNTY MAY TERMINATE FOR CONVENIENCE:

A. Upon seven (7) days written notice to the Contractor, the County may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the County, terminate the Contract for the County’s convenience. In such case, the Contractor shall, upon properly securing the Jobsite, be paid for (without duplication of any items):

1) Completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination.


2) Documented expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work.

3) Documented claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with subcontractors, suppliers, and others.

4) Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.

B. The Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue for Work not completed by the Contractor, or for other economic losses arising out of or resulting from such termination.

6.8 PARTIAL UTILIZATION:

A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, the County may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which the County and the Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the County for its intended purpose without significant interference with the Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions:

1) The County at any time may request the Contractor in writing to permit the County to use or occupy any such part of the Work which the County believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when the Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, the Contractor will certify to the County that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request the County to inspect that portion of the Work, and issue, with the County’s approval, a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work.

2) The Contractor at any time may notify the County in writing that the Contractor certifies any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request the County to inspect that portion of the Work, and, with the County’s approval, issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work.

3) Within a reasonable time after either such request, the County and the Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If the County does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the County will notify the Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If the County considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the County will prepare a Certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work, designating the date of the Substantial Completion, noting any work remaining to bring that portion of Work to final completion, and list the division of responsibilities between the County and the Contractor for partial utilization of the Work, including the start of any warranty period and the transfer of property insurance coverage, where applicable.

6.9 PROJECT AUDIT:

A. Authorized representatives of the County, its agents, and governmental agency representatives with jurisdictional interests, shall have access to all books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor specifically relating and directly pertinent to the Work for the purpose of conducting a project audit.

B. The Contractor, its employees and agents including all Subcontractors, shall allow access to its records during normal business hours following sufficient notification.

7.0 CONTRACTOR’S RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 7.1 GENERAL:

A. The Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall strictly comply with all specifications, drawings and terms of the Contract.


B. The Contractor shall cooperate with the County during the progress of the Work, and coordinate with utility companies and the County’s other contractors (when applicable), working at or in the vicinity of the Jobsite, to ensure continuous workflow while minimizing delays.

C. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and coordination of all portions of the Work under the Contract.

D. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor, by careful examination, is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the conditions of the Jobsite, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be employed, the character of equipment and facilities needed for the execution of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the performance of the Work.

E. The Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all plant, materials, equipment, tools, labor, services, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, bonds and insurance policies, overhead, office, and all other costs and expenses of facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work.

F. The Contractor shall be responsible to the County for acts and omissions of the Contractor, the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.

G. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of work performed by others to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work by the Contractor. The Contractor shall immediately notify the County if any such work is defective or unsuitable to accept the Work by the Contractor.

7.2 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCY:

A. The Contractor representative named in the Construction Contract, shall have full power and authority to act on the Contractor’s behalf, in all matters dealing with the Contract. All communications and directions given to, received by, or received from the Contractor representative shall be binding on the Contractor.

B. The Contractor shall assign a competent superintendent, who may be the Contractor’s representative or authorized designee, who shall personally oversee and direct the Work on a daily basis. The superintendent will be the Contractor’s representative on the Jobsite and shall have complete authority to act on behalf of the Contractor. All communications and directions given to, received by, or received from the superintendent shall be binding on the Contractor, unless otherwise conveyed to the County in writing.

C. The Contractor shall assign other supervisory personnel as necessary to assure faithful prosecution and timely delivery of services pursuant to the requirements of the Contract. The Contractor shall notify the County in writing of the names and credentials of the superintendent and supervisory personnel at the pre-construction conference.

D. The Contractor representative and superintendent shall be the points of contact for the County.

E. The Contractor representative and superintendent shall not be changed except by written consent of the County, unless this person or persons cease to be employed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the County of any such changes within two (2) working days.

7.3 SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS:

A. The Contractor shall provide an initial list of proposed Subcontractors, including the portions of Work to be performed by each of the Subcontractors. The list of Subcontractors shall be finalized and submitted to the County at the pre-construction conference for approval. The list of material suppliers shall be developed through Shop Drawing reviews.

B. If the County has reasonable objection to any Subcontractor or material supplier, whether identified in the Bid or subsequently, the Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute without entitlement to any change in Contract Price. After acceptance by the County of any particular Subcontractor or


material supplier, the Contractor shall make no substitution without written approval of the County, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

C. The Contractor is fully responsible to the County for the acts and omissions of its Subcontractors and material suppliers, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them.

D. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor or material/equipment supplier and the County.

E. Work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor, and materials and equipment provided by material/equipment suppliers will be pursuant to appropriate Contracts between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or supplier, which specifically binds the Subcontractor or supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract for the benefit of the County.

7.4 LABOR:

A. The Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Jobsite.

B. The Contractor shall ensure that all key personnel, support personnel and other agents are fully qualified and capable to perform their assigned tasks. The County shall have the right to require the Contractor to remove personnel assigned at any level for their performance of the Work or conduct on the Jobsite.

7.5 REPORTING DISCREPANCIES:

A. The Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the County any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which the Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from the County before proceeding with any Work affected thereby.

B. The Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, the Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any law or regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any manufacturer/supplier, the Contractor shall immediately report it verbally to the County and provide written, along with a fully detailed explanation, within 48 hours of discovery. The Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until receiving a written interpretation or clarification from the County.

7.6 PROJECT LAYOUT:

A. The Contractor is responsible for laying out the Work based on the reference points provided by the County, and shall protect and preserve the established reference points and any property monuments existing prior to the start of the Work. The Contractor shall make no changes or relocations to these reference points or property monuments without the prior written approval of the County.

B. The Contractor shall report to the County whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation. If such relocation is necessary due to changes in grade or Work location, the County will be responsible for their removal and relocation. If the reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed as a result of the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference point or property monument by a State of Florida Registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper.

C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, stakes, surveys, batter boards for structures, grade lines and other materials and supplies, as necessary and required for the Work, and shall set construction stakes and batter boards for establishing lines, position of structures, slopes and other controlling points necessary for the proper prosecution of the Work.


7.7 COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS: The Contractor shall coordinate the Work with other contractors that may be working in the Project vicinity performing other work.

7.8 EMERGENCIES: In emergencies affecting the immediate safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Jobsite or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. The Contractor shall give the County prompt Notice if the Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused by or are required as a result of an emergency.

7.9 PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES: The Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others.

7.10 SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE: The Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Jobsite whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs.

7.11 HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM: The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange with the County of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employees at the Jobsite in accordance with laws or regulations.

7.12 RISK OF LOSS: Prior to the Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work by the County, risk of loss for the Work shall remain at the risk of the Contractor and said Contractor shall be required to repair, replace, renew and make good at the Contractor’s own expense all damages caused by force or violence of the elements or any cause whatsoever, provided however, that in such cases the Contractor shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of time within which to complete the Work, unless the delay is due to the negligence, fault, or omission of the Contractor.

7.13 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY:

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the Work on the part of the Contractor, or Subcontractors or agents, such property shall be restored by the Contractor, at the Contractor’s expense, to its original or better condition to that existing before the damage was done, or the Contractor shall make good the damage in another manner acceptable to the County.

B. Should any claim be made by any adjacent property owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the Contractor shall promptly settle with such owners or occupants by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim.

C. Along the location of the Work, all sidewalks, streets, driveways, mailboxes, walks, lawns, landscaped areas, bushes, trees, shrubbery, irrigation systems and other above and below ground physical features shall be protected by the Contractor, and where disturbed or damaged, promptly restored to their original or better condition by use of similar or comparable materials. Fences, walls, and other features removed by the Contractor shall be replaced as soon as conditions permit. All grassed areas, which have been damaged by the Contractor, shall be re-graded, and sodded or seeded and mulched as directed by the County.

D. Trees close to the Work shall be boxed or otherwise protected against injury. The Contractor shall trim all branches and roots that are liable to damage because of the Contractor’s operations, but in no case shall any tree be cut or removed without prior notification of the County. All injuries to bark, trunk, limbs and roots of trees shall be repaired by dressing, cutting, and painting according to approved methods, using only approved tools and materials. The Contractor shall abide by the County’s Tree Protection Ordinance.

E. The protection, removal, replacement, and restoration of existing physical features along the line of Work shall be a part of the Work under the Construction Contract. Final acceptance will not be


provided, and final payment will not be made until all public and private property has been restored to the satisfaction of the County.

F. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to promptly restore damaged property, or make good such damage or injury, the County may, after providing seven (7) days written notice to the Contractor, proceed to repair, rebuild or otherwise restore such property and the cost thereof will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor under the Contract.

G. Weather Conditions: Sarasota County is subject to severe weather conditions such as hurricanes, tropical storms, tornadoes, strong winds, heavy rains, lightning, and the like. It is the Contractor’s responsibility at all times to: (1) monitor current and developing weather conditions; (2) to develop and implement appropriate contingency plans to ensure proper storage of materials, supplies, and equipment, and (3) to secure the Project site so as to not endanger public health and safety, or public and private property.

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, as required by the Contract Documents and all laws, codes, and standards. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

1) Persons on and adjacent to the Site. 2) The Work, including materials, supplies, and equipment incorporated therein. 3) Public and private property adjacent to the Site.

7.14 PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES: The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local environmental laws and regulations. The environmental resources within and adjacent to the Jobsite (not impacted by permit), shall be protected during the entire period of the Work. The Contractor shall confine activities to areas defined by the Contract Documents.

7.15 PROTECTION OF HISTORIC AND ARCHEOLOGICAL RESOURCES:

A. If historic or archeological resources are encountered during the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall notify the County immediately, stop Work in the area until directed to restart, and proceed as directed below.

B. The Contractor shall comply with Sarasota County Ordinance #2004-073 and with the Historic Preservation chapter of Apoxsee: The Revised and Updated Sarasota County Comprehensive Plan.

C. According to Florida Statutes Chapter 872, it is unlawful to disturb, vandalize, or damage a human burial.

D. In such cases, the Contractor shall move to another area of the Work until the issue is resolved. 8.0 COUNTY’S RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES 8.1 STATUS OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER: The Construction Project Manager shall

be the authorized County representative with specific responsibilities and duties as defined by the County for management of specified portions of the Contract.

8.2 REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF THE WORK: The Contractor’s Work shall at all times be subject to the review, testing and approval of the County or authorized designee(s). The County shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of the materials and equipment furnished, the Work performed, the rate of progress of Work, the conditions of the Jobsite, the maintenance of schedules, the interpretation of the Contract Documents through the County’s Administrative Agent, and all questions as to the acceptable performance of the Contractor relative to the requirements of the Contract Documents.

8.3 RESOLUTION OF DISCREPANCIES: In case of differences discovered and reported by the Contractor between the Construction Plans/Drawings and Technical Specifications, the County, through the Administrative Agent, shall make a determination whether the Construction Plans/Drawings or Technical Specifications represent the intent of the Contract, and such determination shall be communicated to the Contractor in writing. Should the County discover a discrepancy between the Construction Plans/Drawings and Technical Specifications, a written determination shall be provided to the Contractor.


8.4 RECOMMENDATION OF PROGRESS PAYMENTS:

A. The County will evaluate the Contractor’s payment application and if in agreement, will sign the application indicating the County’s recommendation to pay the amounts shown.

B. Should the County disagree with any item of Work shown on the application, the County will promptly return it to the Contractor for correction and re-submittal.

C. Should the Contractor disagree with the County’s determination of Work completed and monies due, the Contractor may request approval of the Work items that are not in question by resubmitting the payment application and file a timely Claim in reference to items of disagreement. In such a case, the County shall recommend approval of the resubmitted payment application for only those items of Work recommended for payment.

8.5 INSPECTION AND EXAMINATION OF THE WORK:

A. The County and/or authorized designee(s), shall have free access to the Work of the Contractor at any time for purposes of inspection and testing, and shall be reasonably assisted by the Contractor in conducting such inspections and testing of the Work performed and the nature of same. Such assistance of the Contractor shall, if necessary, include the uncovering, testing or removal of portions of finished Work.

B. The County will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for the Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of the Contractor to comply with laws and regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.

C. All materials and equipment shall be subject to inspection, examination and testing by the County at any time during manufacture, and at places where manufacturing of the materials and equipment is taking place. The County may reject defective materials and equipment during manufacture or before or after they have been incorporated into the Work. If the Contractor fails to replace defective Work or rejected materials and equipment, the County may replace such materials and equipment or correct such defective Work and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor.

D. No final inspection, acceptance of Work, materials or equipment or final or interim acceptance of same by the County or certification of the Engineer/Architect of Record shall relieve the obligation of the Contractor to the County to do the Work in a good, workmanlike manner, and to furnish proper, specified equipment and materials, and to perform properly all terms and any obligations of the Contract.

8.6 PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE/INSPECTOR: The Construction Project Manager’s duly authorized on-site Project Representative (PR), or the County’s duly authorized Inspector may be assigned to the Project, or any part thereof, at any time. The presence or absence of the RPR/Inspector does not lessen the responsibility of the Contractor to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. In case of dispute between the Contractor and the PR/Inspector as to materials furnished, or the manner and method of performing the Work, the PR/Inspector has authority to reject materials or Work, and to stop the Work until the issue can be referred to, and decided by the County. The PR/Inspector is not authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax, release, or amend any of the Contract requirements, nor to issue any instructions on, nor to approve or accept any portion of the Work, or materials, or equipment; nor are any of his/her actions, authorized or unauthorized, to be so construed.

8.7 RIGHT TO REJECT DEFECTIVE WORK:

A. The County has the authority to reject Work which the County believes to be defective, or that the County believes will not produce a completed Work that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Work as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The County also has authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.

B. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which the County has actual knowledge will be given to the Contractor.


8.8 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES:

A. The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings, product data sheets, and samples to the County for review and acceptance in accordance with the approved Schedule of Submittals.

1) Shop Drawings: Submit number of copies specified in the Contract Documents. The Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show the services, materials, and equipment the Contractor proposes to provide and to enable review of the information as required for approval.

2) Product Data: Submit number of product data sheets specified in the Contract Documents. The data sheets shall include standard printed information on materials, products, and systems not custom prepared, from which selections can be designated by the Contractor. Information shall include product dimensions, tolerances, manufacturer’s recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, and other information indicating that the material, product, or system meets or exceeds the Technical Specifications requirements.

3) Samples: Submit number of samples specified in the Contract Documents. Clearly identify each sample as to material, supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as the Engineer/Architect of Record may require, enabling review of the information as required for approval.

B. Where a Shop Drawing, product data sheet, or sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work shall not be performed by the Contractor until the review and approval process of the pertinent submittal is complete. Shop Drawings, product data sheets, and samples submittals will be at the sole expense and responsibility of the Contractor.

C. The Engineer/Architect of Record will review, or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the information provided to the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy of the performance of the materials and equipment submitted.

D. Submittal Procedures: 1) Before submitting each Shop Drawing, product data sheet, and sample, the Contractor shall

have determined and verified: a. All field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design

criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto.

b. The suitability of all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work.

c. All information relative to the Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, tech-niques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.

d. The review and coordination of each Shop Drawing, product data sheet, or sample with other Shop Drawings, product data sheets, and samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.

2) Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that the Contractor has satisfied its obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to the Contractor’s review and approval of that submittal.

3) With each submittal, the Contractor shall give the County specific written notice of any variations, that the Shop Drawing, product data, or sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing, product data sheet, or sample submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing, product data sheet, or sample submitted to the County for each such variation.

E. Re-submittals: The Contractor shall make corrections required and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and product data; and submit, as required, new samples for review and approval. The Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for on previous submittals.


8.9 “OR EQUAL” AND SUBSTITUTIONS:

A. “Or Equal” Items: Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the specifica-tion or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality of the material or equipment required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other suppliers may be submitted to the County for review under the following circumstances:

1) “Or-Equal” Items: If in the County’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment pro-posed by the Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by the County as an “or-equal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in the County’s sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. A proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:

a. It is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics.

b. It will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Work as a functioning whole.

c. It has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service. 2) The Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: a. There will be no increase in cost to the County or increase in Contract Times, and b. It will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the

Contract Documents.

B. Substitute Items: 1) If in the County’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by the

Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item, it may be considered a proposed substitute item or it may be rejected entirely.

2) The Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow the County to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefore. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by the County from anyone other than the Contractor.

3) The requirements for review by the County will be as set forth below, as may be supplemented elsewhere in the Contract Documents, and as the County may decide is appropriate under the circumstances.

4) A substitute will not be considered by the County unless there is an associated reduction in cost for its use.

5) The Contractor shall make written application to the County for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that the Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall include the following:

a. The Contractor shall certify that the proposed substitute item will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; be similar in substance to that specified; and be suited to the same use as that specified.

b. The Contractor will state the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice the Contractor’s achievement of Substantial Completion on time; whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with the County for other work on the Project) to adapt the de-sign to the proposed substitute item; and whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty;

c. The Contractor will identify all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; provide information on available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair,


and replacement services; and shall contain an itemized estimate of all credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item.

6) Special Warranty and Guarantee: The County may require the Contractor to furnish at the Contractor’s expense a special performance warranty and guarantee with respect to any substitute accepted by the County.

C. COST REIMBURSEMENT: The County will record costs of evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by the Contractor. Whether or not the County approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by the Contractor, the Contractor shall reimburse the County for the charges of evaluating each such proposed substitute. The Contractor shall also reimburse the County for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with the County) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute.

D. CONTRACTOR’S EXPENSE: The Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed “or equal” or substitute at the Contractor’s expense, and shall have no claim for additional cost or time should the item be rejected.

E. The County’s approval or rejection of any “or equal” or substitute item submitted by the Contractor is final.

8.10 CLAIMS: All Contractor claims shall be submitted to the County for evaluation, review, and recommendation to the County. Claims must be filed in accordance with Article 12 of these General Conditions.

8.11 RECOMMENDATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT:

A. Upon receipt of a written request by the Contractor, the County shall schedule and conduct a Substantial Completion inspection. Should the County determine that the Work is Substantially Complete, the County will prepare and sign a Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with Article 13 of these General Conditions.

B. Upon receipt of a written request by the Contractor, the County shall schedule and conduct a Final Completion inspection. Should the County determine that the Work is complete and ready for the County’s acceptance, the County will prepare and sign a Final Completion and Acceptance Certificate in accordance with Article 13 of these General Conditions.

8.12 COOPERATION: The County shall endeavor to cooperate with the Contractor to achieve successful completion of the Work. The County will promptly respond to requests for information and Construction Document interpretations; and will make all reasonable efforts to work with the Contractor to resolve any Claims or disputes.

8.13 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS FOR WORK:

A. The County represents that it owns the lands, or is permitted to perform work on and over the land, upon which the Work is to be constructed. Upon request of the Contractor, the County shall furnish copies of available land surveys of the Jobsite. Permanent easements for permanent structures or utilities, and temporary easements shall be secured and paid for by the County.

B. The County shall notify the Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Jobsite with which the Contractor must comply in performing the Work, including any permit conditions required under any Federal, State, and local permit obtained by the County for the Work.

C. The Contractor shall provide all necessary additional land required for the erection of temporary construction facilities and storage of materials and equipment, together with right of access to the same.

8.14 SURVEY/PROJECT CONTROLS:

A. The County shall provide Construction Plans/Drawings based on surveys establishing both horizontal and vertical reference points, which in the Engineer/Architect of Record’s/County’s judgment are necessary to enable the Contractor to layout the Work.


B. The Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work based on the reference points provided, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and any property monuments existing prior to the start of the Work, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the County.

9.0 WORK BY OTHERS 9.1 CONSTRUCTION BY THE COUNTY OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS:

A. The County reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the County’s own forces, or under separate contracts with other contractors. The Contractor shall have no claims for delay or additional cost involved due to such actions by the County.

B. The County shall be responsible for and provide coordination of the activities of the County’s own forces and other contractors with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other contractors and the County in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after joint review and mutual agreement. This construction schedule shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, the County’s own work force, and separate contractors unless subsequently revised.

C. Work in the Project area may also be performed by utility owners repairing or relocating their existing facilities or constructing new facilities. The Contractor shall coordinate his Work with that of these utility owners and cooperate with them fully.

D. The County will endeavor to provide sufficient written notice to the Contractor prior to starting any such work by others.

E. The Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and the County’s forces, proper and safe access to the Jobsite, a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs.

F. If the proper execution or results of any part of the Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others, the Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to the County in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of the Contractor’s Work. The Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with the Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies that may be later discovered in such other work.

10.0 COST OF THE WORK 10.1 LUMP SUM WORK:

A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Lump Sum Work, the Contract Price will be deemed to include an amount equal to the sum of all the items appearing in the Bid Form as “Lump Sum.”

B. At the pre-construction conference, the Contractor will be required to submit a Schedule of Values which breaks down the Lump Sum items into smaller components as approved by the County, and includes the cost of each component. The Schedule of Values, which requires approval by the County, will be used to review and approve the Contractor’s progress payments based on the approved Work performed on each component of the Lump Sum item in the previous month.

C. Each Lump Sum item will be deemed to include an amount considered by the Contractor to be adequate to cover the Contractor’s total expenses required to complete each such item on the Bid Form, including all overhead, profit, and direct and indirect expenses for each such identified item.

10.2 UNIT PRICE WORK:

A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price work, initially, the Contract Price will be deemed to include an amount equal to the sum of all the unit prices bid for each separately identified item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Bid Form.


B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price work performed by the Contractor will be made by the County, and based on the approved actual quantities installed in the Work.

C. Each Unit Price will be deemed to include an amount considered by the Contractor to be adequate to cover the Contractor’s total expenses required to complete each item on the Bid Form, including all overhead, profit, and direct and indirect expenses for each separately identified item.

D. The Contractor shall not be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price if the quantity of any item of Unit Price work performed by the Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Bid Form.

E. Final payment will be issued as recommended by the County, to reflect actual amounts due the Contractor for approved Work covered by Unit Prices, and the final Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted.

10.3 ALLOWANCES:

A. It is understood that the Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances shown in the Bid Form and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to the County.

B. The allowances indicated on the Bid Form and as defined in the Contract Documents, include the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered to the Jobsite, all applicable taxes, and the Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the Jobsite. It is also agreed that all labor, equipment and installation costs, as well as overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the Work have been included in the Contract Price, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.

C. Contingency Allowance: The Contractor agrees that contingency allowance items, as defined in the Contract Documents, are for the sole use of the County.

D. Final payment will be issued as approved by the County to reflect actual amounts due the Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the final Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted.

11.0 CHANGES, DELAYS, AND TIME EXTENSIONS 11.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK:

A. AUTHORIZED CHANGES IN THE WORK: 1) Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, the County may, at any

time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by issuance of a Contract Modification. Upon receipt, the Contractor shall sign the Contract Modification and proceed with the Work involved, which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract.

2) If the Contractor is unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that is allowed by the Contract Modification, a Claim may be made as provided in Article 12 of these General Conditions.

B. UNAUTHORIZED CHANGES IN THE WORK: 1) The Contractor shall not make any changes or substitutions in the Work without the express

written consent of the County, and only after evaluation by the County in accordance with the Contract Documents.

2) The Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented by an executed Contract Modification, except in the case of an emergency.


C. MINOR VARIATIONS TO THE WORK: The County may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Work as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These minor variations shall be accomplished by the Contractor, who shall perform the work involved promptly.

11.2 INTERIM FIELD CHANGE AGREEMENT (IFCA)/CONTRACT AMENDMENT: A. A Contract Modification will either be an IFCA or a Contract Amendment, depending on whether the

Contract Price stipulated in the Construction Contract will be exceeded or not. 1) An IFCA will be issued for changes within the general Scope of the Work that will not

exceed the Contract Price. Once the IFCA is signed by the County and the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved.

2) A Contract Amendment will be issued for changes in the Scope of Work or any change that will increase the Contract Price. The County, with the Contractor’s input, will determine the extent of adjustment to Contract Price and Contract Times and will prepare the Contract Amendment. The Contract Amendment shall be signed by the Contractor and approved by the County.

B. The IFCA/Contract Amendment will include a detailed description of the Work covered under the Contract Modification, and any adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both which are agreed to by the parties. The IFCA/Contract Amendment may also include supporting data detailing the costs associated with the change in the Work.

C. Except in an emergency endangering life or property, no changes in the Work shall be performed by the Contractor unless a properly executed IFCA or Contract Amendment is received by the Contractor.

11.3 CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: A. The County, without invalidating the Contract, may order extra work or make changes by altering,

adding to, or deducting from the Work; the Contract Price being adjusted accordingly. All such work shall be performed under the conditions of the Contract.

B. For any such changes in the Work, a Contract Modification shall be prepared and authorized as above described.

C. The value of any such changes in the Work, whether by additions or deletions in the original scope of the Work, shall be determined in one or more of the following ways:

1) By established Contract Unit Price. 2) By an agreed upon Unit Price if the item of Work is not included in the Bid Form. 3) By an agreed upon Lump Sum price. 4) By the Cost-Plus method described below.

D. Cost-Plus: In the event that unit prices are not available, or a lump sum price cannot be agreed upon, then the value of the change in the Work shall be determined by the following cost items during their time of use in completing the change in the Work:

1) Labor costs, including foremen, but excluding superintendent and overhead and profit. 2) Materials or equipment entering permanently into the work. 3) Construction plant and equipment (owned or rented). 4) Power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equipment. 5) Insurance, Social Security, retirement and unemployment contributions. 6) A fixed Contractor’s fee in the form of a percentage applied to the above items.

E. Labor and equipment costs under the Cost-Plus method shall be determined from the Labor and Equipment Rate Schedule provided by the Contractor at the start of Work on or about the date of the pre-construction conference. The Labor and Equipment Rate Schedule shall exclude overhead and profit.

F. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit under the Cost-Plus method shall be determined as follows:

1) A mutually acceptable fixed fee, or


2) Based on the following percentages: a. For Work performed by the Contractor’s work force: ten (10%) percent. b. For Work performed by a Subcontractor, regardless of tier: fifteen (15%) percent. c. Maximum Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit under the Cost-Plus method: 15%

G. The amount of credit to be allowed under the Cost-Plus method by the Contractor to the County for any change in the Work which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in the Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to ten (10%) percent of such net decrease.

H. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change in the Work under the Cost-Plus method, the adjustment in the Contractor’s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in the costs.

I. The value of the changes in the Work shall be determined at the time that the IFCA or Contract Amendment is authorized and agreed upon. No change in the Work shall proceed until a fully signed and authorized IFCA or Contract Amendment is received by the Contractor.

11.4 CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES:

A. Time extensions for changes in the Work or allowable delays, will depend upon the extent, if any, by which the changes or delays cause additional time in the completion of the critical path elements of Work as shown on the most current Construction/Progress Schedule. The IFCA/Contract Amendment granting the time extension may provide that the Contract Time be extended only for those specific elements so delayed. The remaining Contract completion dates for all other portions of the Work will not be altered. Approved time extensions will provide for an adjustment of Contract Times under the resulting revised Construction/Progress Schedule.

B. The Contract Times may only be changed by an IFCA or a Contract Amendment.

C. If the Contractor does not agree with the Contract Times adjustment approved by the County, the Contractor may make a written Claim, provided the Claim is timely and submitted in accordance with the provisions of Article 12 of these General Conditions.

11.5 DELAYS AND TIME EXTENSIONS:

A. No Claims for Delays: 1) No claim for damages or any claim other than for an extension of Contract Times shall be

made or asserted against the County by reason of any delays caused by the County or others. 2) The Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or payment or

compensation of any kind from the County for direct, indirect, consequential, impact or other costs, expenses, or damages, including but not limited to cost of acceleration or inefficiency, arising because of delay, disruption, interference or hindrance from any cause.

3) This provision shall not preclude recovery of damages by the Contractor for hindrances or delays due solely to bad faith or willful, malicious, or grossly negligent conduct on the part of the County or its agents.

B. Delay Claims: No extension of Contract Times shall be granted by the County unless a timely Claim is made by the Contractor in writing to the County within seven (7) days of the event or incident causing the delay. The Contractor shall demonstrate in its Claim the impact on the critical path of the Construction/Progress Schedule to justify the extension of time requested. Any identified float is not time for the exclusive use or benefit of either the County or the Contractor. Extensions of time for performance may be granted by the County only to the extent that equitable time adjustments for the activity or activities affected exceed the total float. Such justification must be submitted, in writing, within fifteen (15) days of the Claim. If the Contractor can, or could have moved to another part of the Work without affecting the Construction/Progress Schedule’s critical path, a time extension will not be granted by the County.

1) Delays by the County: If the Contractor should be delayed at any time in the progress of the work by any act or neglect of the County or its agents or employees, or by any other contractor employed by the County, or by utility owners, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by fire, unusual delay in transportation, unavoidable casualties or by delay authorized by


the County pending mediation, or by any cause which the County determines justifies the delay, then the time of completion may be reasonably extended by the County.

2) Utility Conflicts: The Contractor may be granted an extension of time for delays caused by utility conflicts discovered during the prosecution of the Work, provided a timely Claim is submitted, and the Contractor was unaware of such potential conflict. If, however, the potential conflict was shown on the Construction Plans/Drawings and the Contractor failed to uncover the potential conflict ahead of the Work, the Claim for additional time will not be granted.

3) Rain Delays: Reasonable extensions of time, as determined by the County, will be granted to the Contractor for time lost due to rainfall over and above the norm for the County, based on U.S. Weather Bureau statistics. If the Contractor can show that the rain caused additional delays at the Jobsite beyond the actual rain events, additional time extensions may be granted.

4) Force Majeure: The Contractor will be granted a reasonable time extension for a Force Majeure occurrence: an unexpected event that crucially affects the Contractor’s ability to perform the Work, and includes forces of nature (Act of God), such as natural fires, floods, hurricanes, tornados, epidemics; or an event beyond the Contractor’s control, such as major workers strikes, government shut down; or other major catastrophic events. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, neither party shall be liable for any delay due to causes not reasonably within its control, including but not limited to, acts of civil or military authority, including courts and regulatory agencies, acts of God, war, riot or insurrection, inability to obtain required construction permits, blockades, embargoes, sabotage, epidemics, fires, floods, strikes, lockouts or other labor difficulties, provided such labor difficulties do not arise from inequitable labor practices. In the event of any delay resulting from such causes, the time for performance hereunder shall be extended for a period of time reasonably necessary to overcome the effect of such delays. This shall constitute the sole remedy to either party in the event of such delays.

5) Time Extension Only: Should the Contractor be delayed in the commencement, prosecution or completion of the work by the act, omission or default of the County, or anyone employed by them on the Project, or utility owners or other contractors, or the results of differing subsurface or physical conditions, or the discovery of hazardous environmental conditions, then the Contractor may submit a Claim for an adjustment of Contract Times if justified and as approved by the County, and there shall be no damages for delays.

6) Contractor Delays: The Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of the Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the Contractor.

7) Delay of Other Projects: The County shall not be liable to the Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages, including reasonable attorney’s fees, and court costs sustained by the Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project resulting from delays of any kind.

11.6 NOTICE TO SURETY: When required, it is the Contractor’s responsibility to provide notice to its Surety of any changes affecting the general scope of the Work or change in the Contract Price or Contract Times, and to ensure that the amount of the applicable Performance and Payment Bond be adjusted accordingly.

A. IFCA: The Contractor shall furnish proof of notice to Surety of an adjustment to the Contract Times by providing the County with a copy of a letter confirmation from the Surety within fifteen (15) days following the issuance of the IFCA affecting the change.

B. Contract Amendment: The Contractor shall furnish, with the executed Contract Amendment, a performance and payment bond rider, or similar instrument approved by the County, signed by an authorized Surety representative, in the amount of any addition to the Contract Price affected by the Contract Amendment.


12.0 CLAIMS AND DAMAGES 12.1 TIME OF CLAIM:

A. No claim of the Contractor shall be allowed by the County unless: 1) The Contractor has given written notice to the County within seven (7) Days of the incident

arising to the Claim. 2) Within fifteen (15) Days after the Contractor has given the written Notice, the Contractor

shall submit to the County a detailed claim setting forth the Contractor's justification for adjustments in Contract Price, Contract Times, or both, or other matters in dispute or question, in accordance with the Contract.

B. No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment hereunder shall be allowed if asserted after final payment has been made under the Contract.

12.2 VALUE OF CLAIM:

A. The value of a Claim will be limited to only those additional or incremental costs required because of any change in the Work. Such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Work.

B. The procedure for determining the value of the Claim shall be as set forth in Article 11 – Changes, Delays, and Time Extensions.

12.3 CLAIM FORM:

A. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim.

B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of the event or events giving rise to the Claim.

C. Documentation: The Contractor will provide a narrative of the basis of the Claim, including all details and supporting documentation relating to the Claim. The Contractor shall establish and maintain records of all such details and documentation in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit this information, along with any associated itemized cost breakdown and/or time adjustment calculations, in a form acceptable to the County.

12.4 CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIMES ADJUSTMENT:

A. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 11.3 above.

B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Times shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 11.4 above.

12.5 CONTINUATION OF THE WORK: The Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Construction/ Progress Schedule during all disputes, claims, or disagreements with the County. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes, claims, or disagreements, except in the case where Work is stopped by the County in accordance with the Contract, or as the County and the Contractor may otherwise mutually agree in writing.

12.6 COUNTY’S ACTION:

A. The County will review each Claim and, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the last submittal of the Contractor, take one of the following actions in writing:

1) Deny the Claim in whole or in part setting forth the reasons for the decision. 2) Suggest a compromise between the parties. 3) Recommend approval of the Claim, and prepare an IFCA or Contract Amendment adjusting

the Contract Price, or Contract Times, or both for the County’s approval. 4) Notify the parties that the County is unable to resolve the Claim. For purposes of further

resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial.


5) In the event that the County does not take action on a Claim within said fifteen (15) days, the Claim shall be deemed denied.

B. The County’s written action, or inaction will be final and binding upon the Contractor, unless the Contractor invokes the dispute resolution procedure set forth in the Construction Contract within thirty (30) days of such action, inaction, or denial.

C. At its sole discretion, the County may deny the Claim in whole or in part. If such action is taken, the County shall provide written notice, with a copy to the Contractor, setting forth the reasons for such the County’s decision. The County’s written action will be final and binding upon the Contractor, unless the Contractor invokes the dispute resolution procedure set forth in the Construction Contract within thirty (30) days of such action.

13.0 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 13.1 GENERAL:

A. On or about the day of the month agreed to at the pre-construction conference, but not more often than once a month, the Contractor may submit for the County’s review, a payment application covering the work completed the previous month up to the date of the application. The progress payment application shall be submitted on the form prescribed and approved by the County.

B. Contractor’s Warranty of Title: The Contractor warrants and guaranties that title to all work, materials and equipment covered by any application for payment, whether incorporated in the Work or not, will pass to the County at the time of payment, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (hereafter in these General Conditions referred to as “Liens”). The Contractor will not sublet, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the Contract or any portion of it, or of rights, title, or interest therein without the express written consent of the County.

13.2 SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION: A. As-Builts: The Contractor shall maintain a set of as-built drawings at the Jobsite. At the time payment

application is made, the County shall review the as-built drawings to ensure they are current, accurate, and reflect all changes in the Work as of the date of the application. The County may withhold payment if the as-built drawings have not been maintained by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. Schedule of Values: The Contractor shall submit the approved Schedule of Values with each progress payment application, indicating the amount of work completed for the previous month on the various components of the Lump Sum Bid Items. The County will review the Schedule of Values for accuracy, and, if in agreement, shall recommend payment.

C. Construction/Progress Schedule: With each payment application, the Contractor shall submit an updated Construction/ Progress Schedule using Primavera compatible scheduling software for review and approval by the County. The County may withhold payment if the Contractor fails to submit an updated and approved Construction/Progress Schedule. Should the schedule show that the Contractor is lagging behind the initial (baseline) schedule approved at the start of construction, the County may withhold additional sums as indicated on the “Retainage Table Guidelines” below.

D. Release of Liens: Beginning with the second application for payment, the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit stating that all laborers, material and equipment suppliers, and Subcontractors have been paid for Work covered by all previous months’ applications for payment and shall obtain a partial or complete Release of Lien, as may be necessary, properly executed by all laborers, material and equipment suppliers, and Subcontractors sufficient to secure the County from any claims whatsoever arising out of the Work.

13.3 PROGRESS PAYMENTS: Progress Payments will be made once a month as Work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the Contractor and approved by the County, of the value of the work performed and materials delivered. Any payment application not approved by the County shall be promptly returned to the Contractor for correction and re-submittal. The payment applications shall be submitted with all required documentation specified in the Contract Documents. Payment applications shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to: Sarasota County Public


Works, 1001 Sarasota Center Boulevard, Sarasota, FL 34240, through the County’s web-based contract management software. Should the web-based program be off-line for any length of time, the payment application may be mailed or hand delivered to: Sarasota County Public Works, 1001 Sarasota Center Boulevard, Sarasota, FL 34240 Attn: Project Manager. The Contractor shall contact the County to coordinate access to the website and training on the use of the County’s contract management software.

13.4 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS: If requested by the Contractor, progress payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the Work, provided the materials are identified in the Bid Form, sufficiently covered from loss by appropriate property insurance, and meet the requirements of the Construction Plans/Drawings and Technical Specifications when delivered to the Jobsite or stored in an acceptable storage location off-site. The Contractor shall submit a “Stored Materials Affidavit” on the form prescribed, for materials for which payment is sought. In any event, progress payments for materials on hand shall not exceed the price of the item bid, and shall not be made without an invoice marked “PAID” and acceptable to the County.

13.5 RETAINAGE: From the total of the amounts ascertained as payable, an amount as indicated in the “Retainage Table” below will be deducted and retained by the County until completion of the entire Contract in an acceptable manner, unless otherwise released by the County in accordance with the Contract Documents. The balance, less all previous payments, shall be certified by the Contractor and recommended by the County for payment.

0 to < 25 25 to < 50 50 to Substantial Completion% Retained** % Retained** % Retained**

Less than $1M 10% 10% 5.0% 5.00%

>$1M to <$5M 5% 5% 2.5% 2.50%

>$5M 5% 5% 2.5% 2.50%

* Provided Work has been performed within the Contract Times.

** The cost for deficient work that is not corrected may be estimated at an amount of up to one and one half (1.5) times the value of the work, and may be withheld in addition to the retainage amounts shown in the above table.

Retainage Table

Value of Contract% of Contract Amount ($) Earned

Total Retainage at Substantial Completion*

13.6 COUNTY MAY WITHHOLD PAYMENTS:

A. The County may reduce or withhold payments in the amounts and to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including:

1) Defective Work not remedied. 2) Third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims

unless security acceptable to the County is provided by the Contractor. 3) Failure of the Contractor to make payments to Subcontractors or material or equipment

suppliers. 4) Reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the

Contract Price. 5) Damage to the County or a separate contractor. 6) Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Times, and that

the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay.

7) Repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

13.7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:

A. For each Day any work remains uncompleted after the Contract Times specified, the sum of money per day specified as liquidated damages in the Construction Contract will be deducted from any money due the Contractor. The Contractor will not pay liquidated damages for days in which an


extension of time was granted pursuant to an approved IFCA or Contract Amendment. Allowing the Contractor to finish any of the Work after the Contract Times, including time extensions, does not waive the County’s rights under the Contract.

B. Additional County Expense: Should the Contractor fail to complete the Work within the specified Contract Times, it is agreed that for each day of overrun until final completion, all costs of construction management supervision and inspection furnished by the County shall be at the costs of the Contractor and/or his Surety. Such construction management costs shall be considered to be equal to the job payroll of the County plus 150 percent thereof for overhead, plus on-the-job mileage. Such costs will be deducted from monies due the Contractor at final payment. The amount of such expenses shall be construed to be in addition to other damages that might be assessed by the County.

13.8 PROMPT PAYMENT: The County shall pay the Contractor through payments issued by the Sarasota County Clerk of Courts in accordance with the Local Government Prompt Payment Act, Section 218.70 F.S., upon receipt of the invoice approved by the County and with written approval by the County’s Administrative Agent or his assigned designee indicating that the services have been rendered in conformity with this Contract. The Contractor shall submit an invoice for payment on a monthly basis for those specific services that were completed during the invoicing period, as described in the Bid Form or as listed on the approved Schedule of Values.

13.9 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:

A. When the Contractor considers the entire Work, or a portion thereof (see GC 6.8), ready for its intended use, the Contractor shall notify the County in writing that the Work is substantially complete, listing items of work remaining to be completed by the Contractor (Punch List), and request that the County schedule a Substantial Completion inspection.

B. Promptly after the Contractor’s notification, the County and the Contractor, shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion.

C. Should the County discover major Work items left uncompleted, or defective Work requiring correction or removal and replacement, the County shall discontinue the inspection, notify the Contractor of the deficiencies observed, and advise the Contractor to re-schedule the Substantial Completion inspection and of potential additional costs which may be incurred.

D. If uncompleted or defective Work is discovered during the initial inspection, the Contractor shall promptly complete the Work, and if required, remove from the Jobsite any and all materials and Work rejected by the County as failing to conform to the Contract Documents, whether incorporated into the work or not. The Contractor shall promptly replace the defective Work in accordance with the Contract Documents without expense to the County, including bearing the costs of making good all work by others damaged or destroyed by the Contractor’s removal and replacement of such defective Work.

E. If the County considers the Work substantially complete with only minor corrections, adjustments, and clean-up items remaining, the County will prepare, sign, and date the Certificate of Substantial Completion, which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. The County shall prepare a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected for final completion of the Project (Punch List), and attach the list to the Certificate. The items noted at the time of Substantial Completion should not be considered as all inclusive of the necessary actions required by the Contractor to achieve Final Acceptance and Completion. The Contractor and the County shall likewise sign the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

F At the time of preparation of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, the County will deliver to the Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final completion, acceptance, and payment between the County and the Contractor with respect to security, operations, safety, protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranty and guarantee issues. These recommendations, once agreed upon by the County and the Contractor, shall be incorporated into the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

G. Substantial Completion shall be achieved within the Contract Time stipulated for Substantial Completion of the Work, including approved time extensions.


H. Provided Substantial Completion is reached by the Contractor in a timely manner, and based on the value of the work remaining, the Contractor may submit a payment application requesting a reduction in retainage, prior to Final Completion and Acceptance. The County will review the request, and based on the value of work remaining, make a recommendation to release a portion of the retainage, while allowing sufficient funds to remain with which to complete the Work. The County may accept or reject this recommendation, based solely on its discretion, and information which may become available to the County, which may warrant withholding a larger portion or all of the retainage.

I. The County shall have the right to exclude the Contractor from the Jobsite after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing the Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the Punch List.

13.10 FINAL INSPECTION:

A. When the Contractor has completed the Work and has provided all as-built information to the County in compliance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the County in writing that the Work is ready for final inspection. The County will then advise the Contractor as to the arrangements for final inspection and what is required to prepare the Work or a portion thereof for final inspection. When the County determines the Work or portion thereof is ready for final inspection, the County and the Contractor shall perform the final inspection. Upon completion of the final inspection, the County will prepare a list of defects, if any, of either commission or omission by the Contractor reasonably observable and determined under the conditions governing and restricting said final inspection. When all such defects have been corrected, a final re-inspection will be made. The process will be repeated until, in the opinion of the County, the Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents as can best and reasonably be observed and determined under the conditions governing and restricting said final inspection. The County will then, pursuant to such inspection and re-inspection(s) (if required), certify as to completion of final inspection. It is understood that the certification covers only those items which can be physically inspected and that the County’s certification indicates compliance within the standards of the construction industry as interpreted by the County.

B. Should the final re-inspection find items not completed from the list of defects prepared as part of the final inspection, the Contractor shall be responsible for all additional construction management and inspection costs associated with correcting the items on the list of defects. The additional costs shall include construction management supervision and inspection furnished by the County required following the first re-inspection of the Work. Such construction management costs shall be considered to be equal to the job payroll of the County staff performing the re-inspections plus 150 percent thereof for overhead, plus on-the-job mileage. Such costs will be deducted from monies due the Contractor at final payment.

13.11 FINAL ACCEPTANCE:

A. When the County recommends that the Work has been fully completed and all supporting documents required under the Contract Documents have been submitted and approved, the Contractor may make request for final payment. With the request for final payment, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence to the County that the Contractor has fully paid all claims for labor, materials, and equipment incurred in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall provide all evidence and supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents to assure the County of complete compliance with all terms of the Contract. Such supporting documentation shall include extended insurance and bond coverage, as-built drawings, operations and maintenance manuals, system diagrams, warranties and guaranties and special warranties and guarantees, and other documents all as required under the Contract. When the County has satisfied itself as to compliance with the terms of the Contract and has recommended final completion, the County will notify the Contractor of final acceptance.

B. Final acceptance of the Work will be evidenced by the “Final Completion and Acceptance Certificate” recommended and signed by the County and signed by the Contractor which will stipulate the date of final completion of the Contract and acceptance of maintenance by the County.


13.12 RELEASE OF LIENS: Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor delivers to the County a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof, and in addition thereto, in either case, an affidavit stating that so far as the Contractor has knowledge or information, the releases and receipts include all labor, material and equipment supplies, and Subcontracting services for which a lien could be filed. The Contractor may, if any Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactory to the County to indemnify the County against any lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor or Surety shall refund to the County all money payments that the County may be compelled to pay in discharging such liens, including all costs and interest, including attorney’s fees and court costs.

13.13 FINAL PAYMENT:

A. The County shall make final payment to the Contractor through payment issued by the Sarasota County Clerk of the Courts in accordance with the Local Government Prompt Payment Act, Section 218.70 F.S., upon receipt of the Contractor's final invoice and written approval of same by the County and the County's Administrative Agent indicating that all contracted services have been rendered in conformity with the Contract.

B. Waiver of Claims: Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor shall constitute a waiver of all Claims by the Contractor against the County.

13.14 FINAL COMPLETION DELAYED: If, through no fault of the Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, the County, shall upon receipt of the Contractor’s final application for payment (for Work fully completed and accepted), and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims.

14.0 MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND SERVICES 14.1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION, SERVICE AND PARTS MANUAL: Before final payment is

made, the Contractor shall furnish to the County, five (5) complete sets of manufacturer's instructions, and service and parts manuals on each piece of equipment furnished under the Contract. This includes descriptive literature, installation and operating instructions, maintenance requirements, lubrication requirements, parts lists, and other pertinent data. All data shall be bound in a hardback, 3-ring loose leaf binder(s).

14.2 MANUFACTURER'S SUPERVISION: The Contractor shall provide the services of a qualified representative of the manufacturer as required in the Contract Documents, to supervise the installation, testing, adjusting and starting-up and initial operation of each item of equipment furnished under the Contract. This representative shall also instruct the County's personnel on-site, at an agreeable date and time, as to the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment.

15.0 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE PROVISIONS 15.1 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE PROVISIONS:

A. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor and all Work and workmanship involved in the Contract shall be free from defects due either to faulty materials or equipment or faulty workmanship and the same is hereby warranted and guaranteed by the Contractor for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of the Final Completion and Acceptance Certificate issued by the County, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantees and warranties required by the Contract Documents. All materials, equipment and workmanship furnished, installed and performed by the Contractor shall be warranted and guaranteed by the Contractor to the County to meet the required Technical Specifications and applicable standards; and to accomplish the purposes and functions of the Work as defined, detailed and specified in the Contract Documents.


B. The County shall, following discovery thereof, promptly provide written notice to the Contractor and Surety of defective materials, equipment, or workmanship within the period of the warranty and guarantee. Any part of the material, equipment, or workmanship which does not comply with the warranty and guarantee shall be repaired or removed and replaced by the Contractor within ten (10) days from the date of the County’s notice, at the Contractor’s expense and at no cost to the County.

C. In addition to the above repair and replacement costs, the Contractor is responsible to the County for all costs incurred with respect to all warranty and guarantee items under this Contract, including all construction management expenses such as expense for repetitive trips by the County required for the warranty and guarantee work. Such expense shall be considered to be equal to the job payroll of the County, plus 150 percent thereof for overhead plus on-the-job mileage.

D. If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of the County’s written notice, or in the case of an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the County may, after providing notice to the Contractor and Surety, have the defective Work corrected or repaired, or may have the defective Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages, including but not limited to all fees and charges for construction management and inspection, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court costs arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement, including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting there from, will be paid by the Contractor or Surety.

E. Where defective Work and damage to other work resulting from such defective Work has been corrected or removed and replaced, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed.

F. The warranty and guarantee provisions create no limitations on the County as to any claims or actions for breach of warranty or breach of guarantee that the County might have against parties other than the Contractor, and do not constitute exclusive remedies of the County against the Contractor and are not intended to and shall not limit any other rights, remedies, or causes of action which the County might exercise against the Contractor, and shall not alter or modify the application of the Statute of Limitations as established by the Statutes of the State of Florida.

G. Survival of Obligations: All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations stipulated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of the Contractor.

16.0 MISCELLANEOUS 16.1 CERTIFIED CHEMICALS:

A. The Contractor shall only use U.S.D.A. or E.P.A. or F.D.A. certified chemicals during the performance of all Work under the Contract. All chemicals used in or furnished for the Work, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or other classification, must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residue shall be in strict conformance with manufacturer’s instructions and local, State and Federal rules and regulations.

B. The Contractor shall submit two (2) copies of all chemical Material Safety Data (M.S.D.) information forms to the County. One (1) set of M.S.D. information forms shall be posted at the Jobsite at all times and shall be available for inspection.

16.2 FUELS ADJUSTMENTS: The County will not adjust the Contract Price to reflect increases or decreases in gasoline and diesel fuel prices from those in effect on the Effective Date of the Contract.

16.3 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE: Equipment shall be maintained to prevent fuel, oil, and lubricant spills. Refueling, repairs, and lubrication will be performed at safe distances from any watercourse or drainage conveyance devices. Should a fuel or oil leak or hydraulic pipe rupture occur during construction, the Contractor’s operators shall immediately cease operation and remove the equipment to a safe area and take prompt action to minimize damage and safeguard the Jobsite. The Contractor shall immediately


report the spill or discharge in accordance with applicable State or Federal rules and regulations; the requirements of the Florida Statute Chapter 376 Pollution Discharged Prevention and Removal will also be followed. In addition, the County shall immediately be notified.

16.4 SPILL PREVENTION/CONTAINMENT: An OSHA-approved spill containment kit must be kept at the Jobsite and staging area(s), and shall be sized for the maximum potential spill/leak volume associated with the largest single equipment unit at the Jobsite. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to provide and maintain the required spill containment equipment.

16.5 DISPOSAL OF POLLUTANTS: The Contractor shall provide tanks or barrels to be used for off-site disposal of chemical pollutants such as drained lubricating or transmission oils, greases, etc. produced as a by-product of the Work. Washing, fueling or servicing of equipment will not be permitted where spillage or wash water can enter any watercourse or drainage conveyance device. Removal and disposal of all pollutants shall be in strict accordance with all local, State and Federal rules and regulations.

END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS

SECTION 9

SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL

CONDITIONS & SPECIAL

CONDITIONS

SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS - FACILITIES

10/31/2014 Page 1 of 5

1.0 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS ADD the following Definitions to the General Conditions Section 1.1 GENERAL:

FLORIDA BUILDING CODES: Work under this Project is to be designed and performed in accordance with the Florida Building Codes, current issues.

2.0 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS REMOVE last sentence of the General Conditions Section 2.1 GENERAL, and REPLACE

with the following: “Subject to County approval, the Contractor may subcontract a portion of the Work but in no case can assign the contract to a third party.”

4.0 PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ADD the following sentence to the General Conditions Section 4.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION

CONFERENCE: A) The County will schedule a pre-construction meeting on-site.

ADD the following sentence to the General Conditions Section 4.2 PRELIMINARY

SCHEDULES SUBMISSION AND ACCEPTANCE: A.3) The Contractor’s Schedule of Values must be prepared using the County’s Primavera

Contract Manager Software System. REMOVE the last sentence of the General Conditions Section 4.2.B.2) and REPLACE with the following: “The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 15 days in the Construction/ Progress Schedule for such product review.”

5.0 PROGRESS AND CONTROL OF THE WORK ADD the following to the General Conditions Section 5.11 PERMITS, LICENSES, TAXES,

AND LAWS AND REGULATIONS: D. Building Permit: The Contractor shall pick up the local Building Permit(s) applicable to

the Project. The Contractor will obtain and pay for the building permit and will provide all permit application documents as required by the County to obtain a complete and issued building permit.

E. Permit Fee Allowance: This allowance is established to cover the expenses of the permits and is included in the bid, as indicated on the Bid Form. Permit fees will be paid at actual cost for the permit required and identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is advised that the total bid price shall include the amount of the allowance. Payment under this allowance shall be based on receipts of permit fees presented to the County. No payments shall be made for administrative or other costs of the Contractor. The allowance line item, when included in the Bid Form, can only be committed for the intended purchase and cannot in total or part thereof, be transferred to supplement the contingency or other line item costs, and any remainder will be retained by the County.


10/31/2014 Page 2 of 5

ADD the following new Section to the General Conditions Article 5.0 PROGRESS AND

CONTROL OF THE WORK: 5.26 DEMOLITION:

A. All affected utility services at the site will be properly abandoned and/or capped off and labeled for further use, in accordance with the requirements of the individual utility owners.

B. All salvageable materials and debris shall be properly handled and disposed of in

accordance with the Contract Documents. Dust shall be properly controlled on site.

5.27 EARLY COMPLETION: Finishing earlier than the Contract Times or finishing of

particular portions of the Work earlier shall not place obligations on the County for actions by the Contractor. Such may be deemed to be inconvenient, and may be a disadvantage to the County. Therefore, the County shall have no obligation to accelerate its schedule of any related tasks. If however, there is an advantage to the County to finish early, then the County will work closely with the Contractor in scheduling and coordinating such early completion.

7.0 CONTRACTOR’S RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ADD the following to the General Conditions Section 7.4 LABOR:

C. Approved Installers: Where required by the Contract Documents, Contractor’s installation personnel for manufactured, produced, fabricated, and/or constructed items of Work shall be approved as an installer by the manufacturer/producer of the item or assembly. The Contractor will be required to produce evidence of such manufacturer’s approval /certificate if requested by the County.

9.0 WORK BY OTHERS ADD the following to the General Conditions Section 9.0 WORK BY OTHERS:

G) Items where noted as NIC (Not in Contract) “by Others”, “by Owner” and “Exclusions” in the Contract Documents, may include items such as fire extinguishers, wind screening, specialty work, furnishings, minor equipment and miscellaneous installation, etc., and may be furnished and installed by the County through its own work force, or under a separate contract with other contractors.

11.0 CHANGES, DELAYS, AND TIME EXTENSIONS

ADD the following to the General Conditions Section 11.3.A CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE:

1. At any time the County may request a quotation from Contractor for a proposed change in the work. Within ten (10) days following the receipt of such a request, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a written and sufficiently detailed proposal for the estimated


10/31/2014 Page 3 of 5

cost increase of the proposed change. The County shall review the proposal within five (5) days, and shall: a) accept the proposal in total, or potions thereof; b) negotiate the scope and cost of the proposal; or c) reject the proposal in total.

2. The proposal shall include any request for a change in contract times resulting from the proposed change in the work. Any time extensions shall also be subject to negotiations.

3. Itemized estimates shall be in sufficient detail for County’s review, including all material, labor, equipment, subcontracted work, and overhead costs and fees, and shall cover all work involved in the change, whether such work involves additions to, or deletions from the original Contract scope and price.

4. Any changes in the Contract price or Contract times shall be formalized in a Contract Modification.

5. Notwithstanding the request for quotation, Contractor shall continue to carry on the work and maintain the progress schedule. Delays in the submittal of the written and detailed proposal will not be considered as basis for a time extension.

13.0 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ADD the following to the General Conditions Section 13.2 SUPPORTING

DOCUMENTATION:

E. Monthly Status Reports: With each payment application, the Contractor shall submit an updated monthly status report for review and approval by the County. The report shall contain specific construction progress over the past month; expected work to be accomplished over the coming month; and specify any potential problems that may interfere with the proposed work schedule. The County may withhold payment if the Contractor fails to submit an updated and approved monthly status report.

F. Photographs: With each payment application, the Contractor shall upload in the County’s

Primavera Contract Manager System, the electronic files of color photographs taken during that payment request period showing the progress of the Work. The photographs will show pertinent physical features of and improvements made at the Project Site. The Contractor will furnish two copies in digital format of all photographs taken during construction to the County prior to final payment. Pre-construction and post-construction Digital audio-video recordings (DVD’s) per Section 4.6 of the General Conditions will be provided by the Contractor in addition to the photographs.


10/31/2014 Page 4 of 5

REVISE the following table to the General Conditions Section 13.5 RETAINAGE TABLE:

0 to < 25 25 to < 50 50 to Substantial Completion% Retained** % Retained** % Retained**

Less than $1M 10% 10% 5.0% 5.00%

>$1M to <$5M 10% 10% 5.0% 2.50%

>$5M 5% 5% 2.5% 2.50%* Provided Work has been performed within the Contract Times.** The cost for deficient work that is not corrected may be estimated at an amount of up to one and one half (1.5) times the value of the work, and may be withheld in addition to the retainage amounts shown in the above table.

Retainage Table

Value of Contract% of Contract Amount ($) Earned

Total Retainage at Substantial Completion*

ADD the following to the General Conditions Section 13.9 SUBSTANTIAL

COMPLETION: J. The Work will be considered substantially complete when each of the following portions

of the Work is completed to the satisfaction of the County: 1) All components of the Work have been installed, tested, approved, and certified to

be placed into operation. 2) A “punch list” of items to complete the Work has been submitted by the

Contractor. 3) Final As-builts have been provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4) All training and instructions have been provided to the designated County’s

representative(s) in accordance with the Contract Documents. 5) Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals submitted and accepted. 6) 90% of all private property has been restored. 7) 90% of all restoration in the right-of-way is completed. ADD the following to the General Conditions Section 13.11 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: C. The Work will be considered complete when each of the following portions of the Work

is completed to the satisfaction of the County: 1) All “punch list” work has been completed. 2) All Close-Out Items have been completed and submitted to the County, including: a. Final Clean-up. b. Complete Demobilization. c. 100% of all private property has been restored. d. 100% of all restoration in the right-of-way is completed. e. Contractor’s Final Affidavit & Release of Lien (Contract Form Pages RL-1

and RL-2). f. Releases of Liens. g. Consent of Surety to Final Payment.


10/31/2014 Page 5 of 5

h. Private Owner(s) acceptance of restoration. i. All Warrantees/Guarantees. j. All other Close-Out Items required by the Contract Documents. 15.0 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE PROVISIONS REMOVE the first sentence of the General Conditions Section 15.1.A., and REPLACE with

the following: “All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor and all Work and workmanship

involved in the Contract shall be free from defects due either to faulty materials or equipment or faulty workmanship, whether patent or latent, and the same is hereby warranted and guaranteed by the Contractor for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of the Final Completion and Acceptance Certificate issued by the County, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantees and warranties required by the Contract Documents, or as prescribed by Florida law or State or Local regulations.”

16.0 MISCELLANEOUS ADD the following new Section to the General Conditions Article 16.0 MISCELLANEOUS: 16.6 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: Activation of fire alarms shall be the responsibility of the

Contractor. Contractor’s unauthorized activation of the alarm system resulting in a response by the Fire Department will be assessed at the current rate charged by the Fire Department per occurrence. These charges will be withheld from the Contractor’s payment application.

END OF SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS

SPECIAL CONDITIONS - FACILITIES

10/31/2014 Special Conditions - Page 1 of 1

PROJECT LOCATION: A. PROJECT LOCATION: The Project area is located in Sarasota County, Florida, approximately

70 miles south of Tampa, Florida, and is more specifically shown on the Construction Plans. B. PROJECT ADDRESS: The Project site address is 250 S. Jackson Road, Venice, Florida 34292. SUMMARY OF WORK:

A. The work under this project consists of the following interrelated items, all in accordance with the Contract Documents and as directed by the County: Site clearing, demolition, hand excavating, structural concrete, structural steel, plate steel, metal roofing, joint sealants, painting, chain link fencing, lightning protection, electrical and plumbing work.

B. As described in the construction drawings and technical specifications, all work of this contract is to conform to recognized standards for the renovation of commercial and industrial facilities.

PERMITS:

A. State, Federal, and Local Permits: The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with all requirements, conditions and restrictions of the Project permits. The County will apply for the following permits related to the construction of this Project:

1) County Building Permit B. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any additional permits associated with the Project, as

required by the Contract Documents. C. The architect will submit the plans for review and approval by the Building Department. The

Contractor will pick up the permit and pay fees.

MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS:

A. The Florida Building code applicable to this project is that version current at the time of local building permit application.

B. The County has retained the outside consultants, including the Architect of Record, as an authorized agent for Construction Administration, and Inspection services during the Construction phase of the project. The County’s Construction Project Manager will be the primary point-of-contact between the Contractor and all members of the design team. All communication between the Contractor and design team must be made through the County’s Construction Project Manager and authorized agent.

C. DELETE Section 5.6 and replace with the following: WORK HOURS:

1. Regular work hours are defined as up to ten (10) hours per day, Monday through Saturday, from 7:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. excluding Sundays, and Holidays.

2. Whenever the Contractor is performing any part of the Work, with the exception of equipment maintenance and cleanup, inspection by the Contractor of the Work will be required.

3. Requests for approval by the County to work other than regular working hours must be submitted to the County 48 hours prior to any proposed weekend work or scheduled extended workweek hours.

4. Periodic unscheduled work hours on weekdays will be permitted provided that two hours notice is provided to the County. Maintenance and cleanup may be performed during hours other than regular working hours.

5. The access gate to the facility must remained locked at all times when representatives of Sarasota County Solid Waste or the Transfer Station Operations Contractor are not present.

END OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS

SECTION 10

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

(Specifications in this section should be provided by the Engineer of Record. Any versions provided by the County for reference are not intended for use, but for reference in order to update or revise any Technical Specifications needed by project.)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR

VENICE LANDFILL TRANSFER STATIONRENOVATIONS

CIP # 95233

Owner:Sarasota County Government

Board of County Commissioners1001 SARASOTA CENTER BLVD., SARASOTA, FL 34240

Tel: 941-861-0757 Fax: 941-861-0762

Architect:SEIBERT ARCHITECTS PA

1373 5TH STREET, SARASOTA, FLORIDA 34236Tel: 941-366-9161 Fax: 941-365-0902

License # AA-C000070

October 31, 2014

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FORVENICE TRANSFER STATION RENOVATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 1

SECTION 011000 – SUMMARY SECTION 012200 – UNIT PRICES/ UNIT PRICES FORM SECTION 012300 - ALTERNATES SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SECTION 013200- CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 013516 – ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 015500- CUTTING AND PATCHING SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 016100- MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

DIVISION 2

SECTION 024119-SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

DIVISION 3

SECTION 030131-CONCRETE REPAIR WORK SECTION 033000 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

DIVISION 5

SECTION 051200 – STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SECTION 052100-STEEL JOIST FRAMING

DIVISION 7

SECTION 074113.16-STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS SECTION 076200-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

DIVISION 7 CONTINUED

SECTION 079200- JOINT SEALANTS

DIVISION 9

SECTION 099113- EXTERIOR PAINTING

DIVISION 31

SECTION 311000 - SITE CLEARING

DIVISION 32

SECTION 323113-CHAIN LINK FENCES

MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONSARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and SupplementaryConditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SEIBERT ARCHITECTS PA VENICE LANDFILL TRANSFER STATION RENOVATIONS

SUMMARY 011000 - 1

SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and SupplementaryConditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Project information.2. Work covered by Contract Documents.3. Work under separate contracts.4. Owner-furnished products.5. Access to site.6. Work restrictions.7. Specification and drawing conventions.

B. Related Section:

1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and proceduresgoverning temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Project Identification: VENICE LANDFILL TRANSFER STATION RENOVATIONS. 250 SJackson Rd., Venice, FL 34292

B. Owner: SARASOTA COUNTY

C. Architect: Seibert Architects, PA; 1373 5th Street, Sarasota, FL 34236 (941) 366-9161.

1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Work of the Project is defined by the Contract Documents and includes, but is not limited tothe following:

1. Site clearing, demolition, hand excavating, structural concrete, structural steel, plate steelmetal roofing, joint sealants, painting, chain link fencing, lightning protection, electricaland plumbing work.

B. Type of Contract


SUMMARY 011000 - 2

1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.5 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS

A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried outsmoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or other contracts.Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts including thefollowing:

1. Fire extinguishers.

2. Removal and installation of existing portable concrete barriers, fuel shed, miscellaneousshed and brackets as indicated on the drawings.

1.6 ACCESS TO SITE

A. General: General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations duringconstruction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to performwork, to retain other contractors on portions of Project or maintain its functioning purpose andcurrent operation.

B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Limits of Construction (contract limits)indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.

1. Limits: Confine construction operations to within Limits of Construction (contract limits).

2. Project Access: As indicated on the drawings.

1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.

1. This is an Owner occupied site.a. Contractor shall phase work to allow a minimum operation by the Owner of two

adjacent bays at a time. Contractor shall sequence the work on Bays 3 and 4 first,prior to the work on Bays 1 and 2.

2. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and other requirements of authorities.

3. Coordinate work with Owner’s hours of operation and Owner’s access to use of the site.

B. On-Site Work Hours: Comply with regulations by authorities having jurisdiction for restrictionson noisy work.

C. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building.

D. Any disruption of electrical service, disruption to access and/or traffic or work (including existinguse of this facility) to be performed by Owner requires a written notice to the Architect 48 hours


SUMMARY 011000 - 3

(2 working days minimum) prior to such work. Disruption of the operation of this facility is notallowed during Owner’s operating hours.

1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language andthe intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.These conventions are as follows:

1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Thewords "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are impliedwhere a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically statedotherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Workof all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on the Drawings aredescribed in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on the Drawingsto identify materials and products:

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used inthe individual Specifications Sections.

2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part ofthe U.S. National CAD Standard.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 011000


UNIT PRICES 012200 - 1

SECTION 012200 - UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting andhandling Change Orders.

2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for general testing and inspecting requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is an amount incorporated in the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the Workas a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work,added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Workor estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.

B. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves useof established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independentsurveyor acceptable to Contractor.

C. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sectionsreferenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.The Bidder shall complete the Unit Prices Form document 004322, included as supplement toPrice Schedule in Section 1b of Contract Documents.




PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. Unit Price 1: Concrete Repair Work.

1. Description: Removal, patching, repairing of existing concrete surfaces as required.Specification 030131.

2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per square foot installed.

B. Unit Price No. 2: Installation of Concrete.

1. Description: Installation of 3000psi concrete as required. Specification 033000.2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per cubic yard installed.

C. Unit Price No. 3: Installation of Structural Steel.

1. Description: Installation of structural steel as required. Specification 051200.2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per pound installed.

D. Unit Price No. 4: Installation of 3/8” Thick Plate Steel.

1. Description: Installation of 3/8” thick plate steel as required, including stiffeners andwelding. Specification 05120 and as noted on drawings.

2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per pound installed.

E. Unit Price No. 5: Removal of 3/8” Thick Plate Steel.

1. Description: Removal of 3/8” thick steel plate and stiffeners as required. Specification024119.

2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per pound installed.

F. Unit Price No. 6: Removal of Structural Steel.

1. Description: Removal of structural steel as required. Specification 024119.2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per pound installed.

G. Unit Price No. 7: Installation of Chain Link Fencing.

1. Description: Installation of chain link fencing, posts, fasteners and accessories as required.Specification 323113

2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per square foot installed.

H. Unit Price No. 8: Painting.

1. Description: Provide preparation and painting (primers and additional coats) for thefollowing substrates (Specification 099113)-



1.) Concrete, 2.) Nonferrous metals, 3.) Ferrous metals/shop primed, 4.) zinc coated and5.) Galvalume metal, 6.) PVC.

2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per square foot of application (all coats) installed.

I. Unit Price No. 9: Below Grade PVC Conduit.

1. Description: Installation of 3/4” diameter PVC conduit, including all fittings, adhesives,connections, accessories and pull boxes. Include excavation, compaction and backfill.Specifications: As indicated on drawings.

2. Unit of Measurement: Cost per linear foot installed.

J. Unit Price No. 10: Below Grade IMC Conduit.

1. Description: Installation of 3/4” diameter IMC conduit, including all fittings, connections,accessories and pull boxes. Include excavation, compaction and backfill. Specifications:As indicated on drawings.


K. Unit Price No. 11: Wiring Pulled in Conduit (PVC or IMC).

1. Description: Installation of (3) #8 AWG CU and (1) #10 AWG CU EG wiring to beinstalled in conduit. Conduit not included in this unit price. Specifications: As indicatedon drawings.




ALTERNATES 012300 - 1

SECTION 012300 - ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work definedin the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if Ownerdecides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed orin the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the ContractDocuments.

1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in theAgreement.

2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the ContractSum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the ContractSum.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate workof the alternate into Project.

1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similaritems incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as partof alternate.

B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing,of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred forlater consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated revisions to alternates.

C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.

D. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sectionsreferenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work describedunder each alternate.


ALTERNATES 012300 - 2


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Alternate No. 1: Add Steel Plates to Concrete Walls

1. Base Bid: Existing concrete walls at upper level are being repaired. Existing steelprotection plates at ends of concrete dividing walls at upper level are to remain as is. Lowsteel protection 18” to 24” + shall be removed for repairs and then securely reinstalled.Existing concrete walls at lower level are not being repaired.

2. Alternate: Add; Add 3/8” thick steel plates approximately 5’ high and full length alongbase of existing concrete walls dividing each bay. Remove existing protection plates asindicated on drawings. See drawings for full extent and sizes. Securely fasten with countersunk anchor bolts to existing concrete wall. See structural drawings. Weld at each endto hopper steel plate and to other existing and new steel protection plate.

B. Alternate No. 2: Electrical Work

1. Base Bid: Existing electrical panels are to remain as they are. Wiring conduit, pull boxesand supports from the main electrical panel to the Chemical Collection Center are to remainas they are. Existing conduits are to remain as they are. See electrical for groundingrequirements.

2. Alternate: Add; Replace and upgrade existing main electrical panel at lower level and atChemical Collection Center. Replace wiring from main electrical panel to ChemicalCollection Center electrical panel in existing conduit. Provide pull boxes and supports asrequired. Re-secure existing conduit to walls with clamps. Provide one grounding arrayfor electrical work. Repair or replace existing damaged conduit. Refer to contractdocuments.



SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1

SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparableproduct submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

2. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements and limitations forsubstitutions.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction fromthose required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changedProject conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailabilityof required warranty terms.

2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Owner that are not required in orderto meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Owner.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify productor fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number andtitle and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A.2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,

as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot beprovided, if applicable.

b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed toother parts of the Work.



c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those ofthe Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable specification section.Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size,durability, visual effect, warranties, and specific features and requirementsindicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.

d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication andinstallation procedures.

e. Samples, where applicable or requested.f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses

and names and addresses of architects and owners.h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test

results for compliance with requirements indicated.i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project.j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed

substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overallContract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be providedwithin the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer'sletterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays indelivery.

k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in

the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatiblewith related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated.

m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequentlybecome necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicatedresults.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information ordocumentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution.Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information ordocumentation, whichever is later.

a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order or Architect's Supplemental Instructions forminor changes in the Work.

b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposedsubstitution within time allocated.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitutionwith related products and materials. Engage qualified testing agency to perform compatibilitytests recommended by manufacturers.

1.6 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approvedsubstitutions.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately upon discovery of needfor change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of relatedsubmittals.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when thefollowing conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architectwill return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with theserequirements:

a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produceindicated results.

b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having

jurisdiction.e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution

has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, iscompatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be consideredor rejected at discretion of Architect.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when thefollowing conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architectwill return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with theserequirements:

a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energyconservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilitiesOwner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensationto Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of otherconstruction by Owner, and similar considerations.

b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the ContractDocuments.

c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produceindicated results.

d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having

jurisdiction.g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.



i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution

has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, iscompatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.




CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1

SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing

Contract modifications.

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not

involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710,

"Architect's Supplemental Instructions."

1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed

changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If

necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress

or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after

receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract

Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.

a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with

total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data

to substantiate quantities.

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade

discounts.

c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.

d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the

change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish

times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an

extension of the Contract Time.

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the

Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect.


CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the

Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the

proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total

amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to

substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade

discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.

5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the

change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,

and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the

Contract Time.

6. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" if the

proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system

specified.

7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect.

1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS

A. Allowance Adjustment: Refer to Division 01 Section "Allowances" for administrative procedures

for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs

of allowances.

1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures

of Owner and Contractor on a form provided by the Owner.





PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 1

SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and

process Applications for Payment.


1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing the handling and

processing of allowances.

2. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for

handling changes to the Contract.

3. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for administrative requirements governing the

preparation and submittal of the submittal schedule.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum

to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for

Payment.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's

construction schedule.

1. Correlate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and

schedules, including the following:

a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets.

2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven

days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items

for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.

1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values:



a. Project name and location.

b. Contractor's name and address.

c. Date of submittal.

2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703.

3. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the

following for each item listed:

a. Related Specification Section or Division.

b. Description of the Work.

c. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.

d. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-

hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.

1) Labor.

2) Materials.

3) Equipment.

4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued

evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project

Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in

excess of five percent of Contract Sum.

5. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.

6. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where

Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and

stored, but not yet installed.

7. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each

subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

8. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each allowance.

9. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual

work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values

or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.

10. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next

Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result

in a change in the Contract Sum.

1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as

certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.

1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial

Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.



B. Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to Architect no later than

agreed at the pre-construction conference. The period covered by each Application for Payment

is one month, ending on the last day of the preceding month.

C. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form

for Applications for Payment or form approved by the Owner.

D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person

authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete

applications without action.

1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule.

Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether

or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of

Application for Payment.

3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last

day of construction period covered by application.

E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment

purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.

1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety

to payment, for stored materials.

2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices.

Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include

overhead and profit on stored materials.

F. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment

to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of

lien and similar attachments if required.

G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's

lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related

to the Work covered by the payment.

1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after

deduction for retainage, on each item.

2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers.

3. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to

Owner.

H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or

coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:

1. Schedule of values.

2. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).

3. Copies of building permits.

4. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance

of the Work.



I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After the Architect has issued the Certificate

of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion

for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a

statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued

previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

J. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting

documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the

following:

1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.

2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that

taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.

3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.

4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."

5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."

6. Evidence that claims have been settled.





PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1

SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project

including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General project coordination procedures.

2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.

3. Coordination drawings.

4. Requests for Information (RFIs).

5. Project meetings.


1. Division 01 Section "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and

field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information from each other during

construction.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the

Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate

construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper

installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where

installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or

after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and

accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.



B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required

for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their

Work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative

procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of

the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Preparation of the schedule of values.

3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.

4. Delivery and processing of submittals.

5. Progress meetings.

6. Project closeout activities.

7. Startup and adjustment of systems.

1.5 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the

Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor

with no response.

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work

or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or

interpretation and the following:

1. Project name.

2. Project number.

3. Date.

4. Name of Contractor.

5. Name of Architect.

6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.

7. RFI subject.

8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.

9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.

11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the Contract Time or

the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.

12. Contractor's signature.

13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop

Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items

needing interpretation.

a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected

materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.



C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above,

acceptable to Architect.

D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond.

Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after

1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals.

b. Requests for approval of substitutions.

c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.

d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.

e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.

f. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case

Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information.

3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract

Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 01

Section "Contract Modification Procedures."

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the

Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI

response.

E. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response

to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor

disagrees with response.

1.6 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise

indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is

required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled

meeting dates and times.

2. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and

agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including

Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.

B. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals.

1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.

2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor,

subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in

planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these

meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to

conclude matters relating to the Work.



3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review

other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as

appropriate to status of Project.

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.

Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,

in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction

behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do

so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and

subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements.

2) Sequence of operations.

3) Status of submittals.

4) Deliveries.

5) Off-site fabrication.

6) Access.

7) Site utilization.

8) Temporary facilities and controls.

9) Progress cleaning.

10) Quality and work standards.

11) Status of correction of deficient items.

12) Field observations.

13) Status of RFIs.

14) Status of proposal requests.

15) Pending changes.

16) Status of Change Orders.

17) Pending claims and disputes.

18) Documentation of information for payment requests.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the

meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress

meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue

revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

C. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at regular intervals. Project

coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as

progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.

1. Attendees: Each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with

current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities

shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar

with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.



2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting.

Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion

as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last

coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of

schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction

schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure

commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions

are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within

the Contract Time.

b. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements.

2) Sequence of operations.

3) Status of submittals.

4) Deliveries.

5) Off-site fabrication.

6) Access.

7) Site utilization.

8) Temporary facilities and controls.

9) Work hours.

10) Hazards and risks.

11) Progress cleaning.

12) Quality and work standards.

13) Change Orders.

3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to

others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.





CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1

SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of

construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Construction schedule updating reports.

3. Daily construction reports.


1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.

2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring,

and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume

time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned

early start and finish times.

2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.

3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project

where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine

when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network

schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.



1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:

1. PDF electronic file.

B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule

for entire construction period.

1. Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to

comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (initial or updated) and

date on label.

C. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.


A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and

reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architect's

request.

B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in

Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures

related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's construction schedule,

including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.

2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.

3. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim milestones

and partial Owner occupancy.

4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.

5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.

6. Review submittal requirements and procedures.

7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.

8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting

agencies.

9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures.

10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.

11. Review procedures for updating schedule.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, submittal schedule,

progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities

involved.



2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule

them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of final

completion.

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an

early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element

of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities and time frame for each activity.

2. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial

Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for

certification of Substantial Completion.

3. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch

list items and final completion.

C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and

as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.

2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

a. Coordination with existing construction.

b. Limitations of continued occupancies.

c. Uninterruptible services.

d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.

e. Use of premises restrictions.

3. Other Constraints:

D. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has

been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

1. Use Primavera operating system.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type,

Contractor's construction schedule within 15 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.

Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the

start of Project.



B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of

each week with a continuous vertical line.

2.3 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following

information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site.

2. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.

3. Equipment at Project site.

4. Material deliveries.

5. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or

snow.

6. Accidents.

7. Meetings and significant decisions.

8. Unusual events (see special reports).

9. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.

10. Emergency procedures.

11. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.

12. Change Orders received and implemented.

13. Change Directives received and implemented.

14. Services connected and disconnected.

15. Equipment or system tests and startups.

16. Partial completions and occupancies.

17. Substantial Completions authorized.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect

actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly

scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have

been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such

meeting.

2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not

limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.

B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors,

testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know

schedule responsibility.

1. Retain a copy at the construction site..



2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties. Delete parties

from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no

longer involved in performance of construction activities.



SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1

SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural

requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.


1. Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and

the schedule of values.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require

Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual

Specification Sections as action submittals.

B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not

require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with

requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification

Sections as informational submittals.

C. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used

for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-

layout document format.

1.4 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will

be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals on an as needed basis.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of

construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,

and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless

partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.



3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification

Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.

4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so

processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for

coordination.

a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination

with other submittals until related submittals are received.

5. Submit to Owner’s Primavera system.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows.

Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract

Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work

to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time

if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor

when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as

initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.

D. Identification and Information: Place a permanent label or title block on each copy submittal item

for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.

2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record

Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.

3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken:

a. Project name.

b. Date.

c. Name of Architect.

d. Name of Contractor.

e. Name of subcontractor.

f. Name of supplier.

g. Name of manufacturer.

h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a

decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 061000.01). Resubmittals

shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g.,

061000.01.A).

i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.

j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.

l. Other necessary identification.

E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect.



F. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.

G. Transmittal: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and

handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard submittals

received from sources other than Contractor.

1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:

a. Project name.

b. Date.

c. Destination (To:).

d. Source (From:).

e. Category and type of submittal.

f. Submittal purpose and description.

g. Specification Section number and title.

h. Indication of full or partial submittal.

i. Remarks.

j. Signature of transmitter.

2. On an attachment, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information,

requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals,

and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations

and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal.

H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.

2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of

revision.

3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action

stamp.

I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,

fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of

construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals that are marked with approval notation from

Architect's action stamp.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by

individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification

Sections.

1. Action Submittals: Submit copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.



2. Informational Submittals: Submit each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.

3. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements

specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."

4. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of

entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed

by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.

a. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications

where indicated.

5. Test and Inspection Reports Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in

Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements."

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and

type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data

are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.

b. Manufacturer's product specifications.

c. Standard color charts.

d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.

e. Testing by recognized testing agency.

f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.

g. Notation of coordination requirements.

h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.

b. Printed performance curves.

c. Operational range diagrams.

d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop

Drawings.

5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.

6. Submit Product Data in the following format:

a. Electronic Copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base

Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the

following information, as applicable:

a. Identification of products.

b. Schedules.

c. Compliance with specified standards.



d. Notation of coordination requirements.

e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.

g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

2. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format:

a. Electronic (Primavera).

D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these

characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between

submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together

in one submittal package.

2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:

a. Generic description of Sample.

b. Product name and name of manufacturer.

c. Sample source.

d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.

3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-

control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be

used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.

a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual

Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time

of use.

b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's

property, are the property of Contractor.

4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or

sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern,

texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's

product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.

5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared

from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and

physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of

color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the

following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or

containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing

color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing

and inspection.

a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. Architect will retain one Sample

set; remainder will be returned.



1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication

techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be

demonstrated.

2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in

material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of

paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section

"Construction Progress Documentation."

F. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment

Procedures."

G. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment

Procedures."

H. Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Project

Management and Coordination."

I. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of

firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact

information of architects and owners, and other information specified.

J. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that

product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

K. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that

material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

L. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's

standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with

requirements in the Contract Documents.

M. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by

manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation

of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on

comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

N. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project.

Include the following information:

1. Name of evaluation organization.

2. Date of evaluation.

3. Time period when report is in effect.

4. Product and manufacturers' names.

5. Description of product.

6. Test procedures and results.

7. Limitations of use.



O. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section

"Quality Requirements."

P. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing

agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before

installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation

needed for adhesion.

Q. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed

either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance

with requirements in the Contract Documents.

R. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,

performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.

Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.

Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for

calculations. Include page numbers.

2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a

design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide

products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit

a written request for additional information to Architect.

2. Design Professional: Florida Registered Engineer.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other

required submittals, submit three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible

design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be

designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the

Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing

these services.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with

other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections

and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance/Material Submittals: Refer to requirements in Division 01

Section "Closeout Procedures."



C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name

and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date

of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and

approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and

will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or

modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp

and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action.

C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will

return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to

appropriate party.

D. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial

submittals has received prior approval from Architect.

E. Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non responsive, and will be returned

without review.

F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.



ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 013516 - 1

SECTION 013516 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes special procedures for alteration work.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Alteration Work: This term includes remodeling, renovation, repair, and maintenance work

performed within existing spaces or on existing surfaces as part of the Project.

B. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place.

C. Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents the Architect's prebid selection of work to be

matched; it may be existing work or work specially produced for the Project.

D. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle

methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless

indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

E. Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in material type,

species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by Architect.

F. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match original, or

as otherwise indicated.

G. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and finishes. This

includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading

materials.

H. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original item is

the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated.

I. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless otherwise indicated.

J. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and from either the same

or a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated.

K. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.



L. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise indicated.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Alteration Work Subschedule: A construction schedule coordinating the sequencing and

scheduling of alteration work for entire Project, including each activity to be performed, and based

on Contractor's Construction Schedule. Secure time commitments for performing critical

construction activities from separate entities responsible for alteration work.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain best Work results.

2. Coordinate sequence of alteration work activities to accommodate the following:

a. Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building.

b. Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.

c. Other known work in progress.

d. Tests and inspections.

3. Detail sequence of alteration work, with start and end dates.

4. Utility Services: Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. Coordinate shutoff,

capping, and continuation of utility services.

B. Pedestrian and Vehicular Circulation: Coordinate alteration work with circulation patterns within

Project building(s) and site. Some work is near circulation patterns. Circulation patterns cannot

be closed off entirely and in places can be only temporarily redirected around small areas of work.

Plan and execute the Work accordingly.


A. Alteration Work Subschedule:

1. Submit alteration work subschedule within seven (7) days of date established

for commencement of alteration work.

B. Preconstruction Documentation: Show preexisting conditions of adjoining construction and site

improvements that are to remain, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage

caused by Contractor's alteration work operations.


A. Specialist Qualifications: An experienced firm regularly engaged in specialty work similar in

nature, materials, design, and extent to alteration work as specified in each Section and that has

completed a minimum of five recent projects with a record of successful in-service performance

that demonstrates the firm's qualifications to perform this work.

B. Title X Requirement: Each firm conducting activities that disturb painted surfaces shall be a

"Lead-Safe Certified Firm" according to 40 CFR 745, Subpart E, and use only workers that are

trained in lead-safe work practices.



C. Alteration Work Program: Prepare a written plan for alteration work for whole Project, including

each phase or process and protection of surrounding materials during operations. Show

compliance with indicated methods and procedures specified in this and other Sections.

Coordinate this whole-Project alteration work program with specific requirements of programs

required in other alteration work Sections.

1. Dust and Noise Control: Include locations of proposed temporary dust- and noise-control

partitions and means of egress from occupied areas coordinated with continuing on-site

operations and other known work in progress.

2. Debris Hauling: Include plans clearly marked to show debris hauling routes, turning radii,

and locations and details of temporary protective barriers.

D. Fire-Prevention Plan: Prepare a written plan for preventing fires during the Work, including

placement of fire extinguishers, fire blankets, rag buckets, and other fire-control devices during

each phase or process. Coordinate plan with Owner's fire-protection equipment and requirements.

Include fire-watch personnel's training, duties, and authority to enforce fire safety.

E. Safety and Health Standard: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6.

1.7 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIALS

A. Salvaged Materials for Reinstallation:

1. Repair and clean items for reuse as indicated.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing; cushion against damage during handling.

Label contents of containers.

3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new

materials and equipment unless otherwise indicated. Provide connections, supports, and

miscellaneous materials to make items functional for use indicated.

B. Existing Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and

soiling from construction work.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions that affect the Work by use of

measured drawings and preconstruction photographs.

B. Discrepancies: Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings

before proceeding with removal and dismantling work.

C. Owner's Removals: Before beginning alteration work, verify in correspondence with Owner that

the following items have been removed:

1. As indicated on the drawings.



D. Size Limitations in Existing Spaces: Materials, products, and equipment used for performing the

Work and for transporting debris, materials, and products shall be of sizes that clear surfaces

within existing spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including temporary protection, by 12 inches.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION

A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and

surrounding buildings from harm resulting from alteration work.

1. Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface being protected.

2. Provide temporary barricades, barriers, and directional signage to exclude the public from

areas where alteration work is being performed.

3. Erect temporary barriers to form and maintain fire-egress routes.

4. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and vehicular

entrance and exit that must remain in service during alteration work.

5. Contain dust and debris generated by alteration work, and prevent it from reaching the

public or adjacent surfaces.

6. Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Do not overload structural elements.

7. Protect floors and other surfaces along hauling routes from damage, wear, and staining.

B. Temporary Protection of Materials to Remain:

1. Protect existing materials with temporary protections and construction. Do not remove

existing materials unless otherwise indicated.

C. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and precautions.

Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and adjacent materials,

components, and vegetation.

D. Utility and Communications Services:

1. Notify Owner, Architect, authorities having jurisdiction, and entities owning or controlling

wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected by alteration work before commencing

operations.

2. Disconnect and cap pipes and services as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as

required for alteration work.

3. Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service, and protect against

damage during operations. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing

utilities.

3.2 PROTECTION FROM FIRE

A. General: Follow fire-prevention plan and the following:



1. Comply with NFPA 241 requirements unless otherwise indicated.

2. Remove and keep area free of combustibles, including rubbish, paper, waste, and

chemicals, unless necessary for the immediate work.

a. If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to cover such

materials.

B. Heat-Generating Equipment and Combustible Materials: Comply with the following procedures

while performing work with heat-generating equipment or combustible materials, including

welding, torch-cutting, soldering, brazing, removing paint with heat, or other operations where

open flames or implements using high heat or combustible solvents and chemicals are anticipated:

1. Obtain Owner's approval for operations involving use of open-flame or welding or other

high-heat equipment.

C. Fire-Control Devices: Provide and maintain fire extinguishers, fire blankets, and rag buckets for

disposal of rags with combustible liquids. Maintain each as suitable for the type of fire risk in

each work area. Ensure that nearby personnel and the fire-watch personnel are trained in fire-

extinguisher and blanket use.

3.3 GENERAL ALTERATION WORK

A. Have specialty work performed only by qualified specialists.

B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its progress.

C. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction), and record progress during the

work. Use digital preconstruction documentation photographs or video recordings.

D. Perform surveys of Project site as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from

alterations.

E. Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether from

environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing or from

structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.

1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect.



QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1

SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality

control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or

indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the

Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities

are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections

may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-

assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document

requirements.

3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required

by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this

Section.

C. Related Sections:

1. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during

execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed

construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after

execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed

construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities

performed by Architect.

C. Mockups: Full size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to

verify selections made under sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where

indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to



show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified

installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved

mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for the Project before

products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with

specified criteria.

E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing

agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to

establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant,

mill, factory, or shop.

G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation

of the Work and for completed Work.

H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing

laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

I. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee,

Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including

installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that

certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that

requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade or trades.

J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully

completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project;

being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of

authorities having jurisdiction.

1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards

establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply

with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but

apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be

the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the

minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.

To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as

appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before

proceeding.



1.5 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other

Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue.

2. Project title.

3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.

4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.

5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.

6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.

7. Identification of product and Specification Section.

8. Complete test or inspection data.

9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.

10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and

inspecting.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the

Contract Document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information

documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other


1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report.

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.

3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.

4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.

5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements.

6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting

manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other


1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making

report.

2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.

3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements.

4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses,

certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee

payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for

compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.




A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels

required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar

to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well

as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated

for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient

production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling

work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has

resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice

in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services

of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the

system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design,

and extent.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be

performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy

qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for

specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the

experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according

to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where

required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.

2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory

Accreditation Program.

H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of

manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of

manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this

Project.

I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of

manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of

manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this

Project.



J. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each

form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using

materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by

Architect.

2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be

constructed.

3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers

that will be employed during the construction at the Project.

4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.

a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for

judging the completed Work.

7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.

1.7 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections are Contractor's responsibility. Perform

additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements,

whether specified or not.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required

by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor

by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.

2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing

agency to perform these quality-control services.

a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in

writing by Owner.

3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing

or inspecting will be performed.

4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a

certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract

Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,

when they so direct.

B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service

representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including

service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal

Procedures."

C. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical

representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services



include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions,

verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of

the Work, and submittal of written reports.

D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's

responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for

construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of

duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the

Work during performance of its services.

2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are

conducted.

3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and

inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.

4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-

control service through Contractor.

5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve

or accept any portion of the Work.

6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar

quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency

sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work.

2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.

3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and

inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.

4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.

5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.

6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing

agency.

7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project

site.

G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and

-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing

construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Special Tests and Inspections: Engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and

inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction, and as follows:



1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures

and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.

2. Notifying Architect and Owner promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the

Work during performance of its services.

3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control

service to Architect with copy to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction.

4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which

includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.

5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected

work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG

A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted.

2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.

3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.

4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test

and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair

damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other

Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas

and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as

possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in

Division 01 Section "Execution."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of

responsibility for quality-control services.



REFERENCES 014200 - 1

SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,

and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the

Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"

"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."

D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings,

in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted,"

"scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having

jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control

performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,

installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,

assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,

protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site

is shown on Drawings as the property line.

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements,

applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied

directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of

the Contract Documents by reference.



B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless

otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with

industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not

bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain

copies directly from publication source.

1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other

Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate

and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960

www.aluminum.org

AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333

www.aaadm.com

AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202

www.aabchq.com

AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664

www.aamanet.org

AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation

Officials

(202) 624-5800

www.transportation.org

AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (919) 549-8141

www.aatcc.org

ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888

www.airbarrier.org

ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155

www.abma-dc.org

ACI American Concrete Institute (248) 848-3700

www.concrete.org

ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216

www.concrete-pipe.org

AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530



www.aeic.org

AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878

www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700

AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000

www.aga.org

AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118

www.agc.org

AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955

www.aham.org

AHRI Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800

www.ahrinet.org

AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960

www.asphaltinstitute.org

AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837

www.aia.org (202) 626-7300

AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400

www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400

AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100

www.steel.org

AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559

www.aitc-glulam.org

ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700

www.alsc.org

AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150

www.amca.org

ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020

www.ansi.org

AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (405) 780-7372

www.aosaseed.com

APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989

www.archprecast.org

APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600

www.apawood.org

API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000



www.api.org

ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute

(Now AHRI)

ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917

www.asphaltroofing.org

ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723

www.asce.org (703) 295-6300

ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering

Institute

(See ASCE)

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-

Conditioning Engineers

(800) 527-4723

www.ashrae.org (404) 636-8400

ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763

(American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170

www.asme.org

ASSE American Society of Safety Engineers (847) 699-2929

www.asse.org

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040

www.asse-plumbing.org

ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9500

(American Society for Testing and Materials International)

www.astm.org

ATIS Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (202) 628-6380

www.atis.org

AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry (703) 534-8300

www.awci.org

AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association

(Now WCMA)

AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (571) 323-3636

www.awinet.org

AWPA American Wood Protection Association (205) 733-4077

(Formerly: American Wood Preservers' Association)

www.awpa.com

AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353

www.aws.org (305) 443-9353



AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337

www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711

BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122

www.buildershardware.com

BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010

www.bia.org

BICSI BICSI, Inc. (800) 242-7405

www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991

BIFMA BIFMA International (616) 285-3963

(Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association

International)

www.bifma.com

BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772

www.bissc.org

BWF Badminton World Federation 6-03-9283 7155

(Formerly: IBF - International Badminton Federation)

www.internationalbadminton.org

CCC Carpet Cushion Council (610) 527-3880

www.carpetcushion.org

CDA Copper Development Association (212) 251-7200

www.copper.org

CEA Canadian Electricity Association (613) 230-9263

www.canelect.ca

CEA Consumer Electronics Association (866) 858-1555

www.ce.org (703) 907-7600

CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) 241-7333

www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com

CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700

www.cganet.com

CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462

www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462

CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919

www.cisca.org

CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137

www.cispi.org



CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583

www.chainlinkinfo.org

CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council (866) 465-2523

www.coolroofs.org (510) 485-7175

CPA Composite Panel Association (703) 724-1128

www.pbmdf.com

CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772

www.plasticpipe.org (202) 462-9607

CRI Carpet and Rug Institute (The) (706) 278-3176

www.carpet-rug.com

CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200

www.crsi.org

CSA Canadian Standards Association (800) 463-6727

(416) 747-4000

CSA CSA International (866) 797-4272

(Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services) (416) 747-4000

www.csa-international.org

CSI Cast Stone Institute (717) 272-3744

www.caststone.org

CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900

www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300

CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700

www.cedarbureau.org

CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087

(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)

www.cti.org

DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010

www.dhi.org

ECA Electronic Components Association (703) 907-8024

www.ec-central.org

EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500

www.eia.org

EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462

www.eima.com (770) 968-7945



EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000

www.ejdc.org

EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040

www.ejma.org

ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937

(Electrostatic Discharge Association)

www.esda.org

ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO (800) 967-5352

(Formerly: ITS - Intertek Testing Service NA)

www.intertek-etlsemko.com

FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball 41 22 545 00 00

(The International Basketball Federation)

www.fiba.com

FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball 41 21 345 35 35

(The International Volleyball Federation)

www.fivb.org

FM Approvals FM Approvals LLC (781) 762-4300

www.fmglobal.com

FM Global FM Global (401) 275-3000

(Formerly: FMG - FM Global)

www.fmglobal.com

FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors

Association, Inc.

(407) 671-3772

www.floridaroof.com

FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850

www.fluidsealing.com

FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0

www.fsc.org

GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440

www.gypsum.org

GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208

www.glasswebsite.com

GRI (Part of GSI)

GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400

www.greenseal.org

GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440



www.geosynthetic-institute.org

HI Hydraulic Institute (973) 267-9700

www.pumps.org

HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200

www.gamanet.org

HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association

(Part of NAAMM)

HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900

www.hpva.org

HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550

www.hpwhite.com

IAS International Approval Services

(Now CSA International)

IBF International Badminton Federation

(Now BWF)

ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369

www.icea.net

ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830

www.icri.org

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11

www.iec.ch

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900

www.ieee.org

IES Illuminating Engineering Society (212) 248-5000

www.ies.org

IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America

(Now IES)

IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 981-0100

www.iest.org

IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234

www.igcc.org

IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510

www.igmaonline.org

ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426



www.iliai.com

ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11

www.iso.ch

Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020

www.ansi.org

ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732

www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150

ITS Intertek Testing Service NA

(Now ETL SEMCO)

ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11

www.itu.int/home

KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690

www.kcma.org

LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864

www.lightning.org

MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333

www.mbma.com

MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (888) 480-9138

www.maplefloor.org

MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc. (312) 644-6610

www.metalframingmfg.org

MH Material Handling

(Now MHIA)

MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815

www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190

MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222

www.marble-institute.com

MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937

www.paintinfo.com (604) 298-7578

MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings

Industry Inc.

(703) 281-6613

www.mss-hq.com

NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (630) 942-6591

www.naamm.org



NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623

(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200

www.nace.org

NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926

www.nadca.com

NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport (800) 213-7193,

ext. 453

www.aahperd.org/nagws/ (703) 476-3400

NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084

www.naima.org

NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848

www.nbgqa.com

NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222

www.ncaa.org

NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900

www.ncma.org

NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094

www.ncpi.org

NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-2300

www.ncta.com

NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698

www.nebb.org

NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110

www.necanet.org

NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901

www.nelma.org

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200

www.nema.org

NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382

www.netaworld.org (269) 488-6382

NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900

www.nfhs.org

NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555

(National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000

www.nfpa.org



NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776

www.nfrc.org

NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642

www.glass.org (703) 442-4890

NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318

www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818

NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393

www.nlga.org

NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016

(Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association)

www.nofma.com

NOMMA National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association (888) 516-8585

www.nomma.org

NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545

www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070

NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622

www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400

NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275

(National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010

www.nsf.org

NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415

www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788

NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736

www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930

NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association

(Now TRI)

NWFA National Wood Flooring Association (800) 422-4556

www.woodfloors.org (636) 519-9663

NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association

(Now WDMA)

PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300

www.pci.org

PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322

www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322

PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956



www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720

PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929

http://pgi-tp.cee.uiuc.edu

PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522

www.landcarenetwork.org (703) 736-9666

PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540

www.post-tensioning.org

RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections

www.boltcouncil.org

RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580

www.rfci.com

RIS Redwood Inspection Service (925) 935-1499

www.redwoodinspection.com

SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323

www.sae.org (724) 776-4841

SCTE Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (800) 542-5040

www.scte.org (610) 363-6888

SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647

www.sdi.org

SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010

www.steeldoor.org

SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (877) 294-5424

www.sefalabs.com (516) 294-5424

SEI/ASCE Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil

Engineers

(See ASCE)

SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234

www.sgcc.org

SIA Security Industry Association (866) 817-8888

www.siaonline.org (703) 683-2075

SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995

www.steeljoist.org

SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991

www.smainfo.org



SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980

National Association

www.smacna.org

SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100

www.smpte.org

SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154

www.sprayfoam.org

SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (850) 434-2611

www.spib.org

SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026

www.spri.org

SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355

www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630

SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772

www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331

STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265

www.steeltank.com

SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333

www.steelwindows.com

SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974

www.swrionline.org

TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. (864) 646-8453

www.tileusa.com

TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries

Alliance

(703) 907-7700

www.tiaonline.org

TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700

www.masonrysociety.org

TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010

www.tpinst.org

TPI Turfgrass Producers International (800) 405-8873

www.turfgrasssod.org (847) 649-5555

TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177

www.tileroofing.org

UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577



www.ul.com (847) 272-8800

UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902

www.uni-bell.org

USAV USA Volleyball (888) 786-5539

www.usavolleyball.org (719) 228-6800

USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (800) 795-1747

www.usgbc.org

USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. (800) 938-7488

www.usitt.org (315) 463-6463

WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869

www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700

WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283-1486

www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651

WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122

www.wcmanet.org

WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636

www.windowcoverings.org (212) 297-2109

WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301

www.wdma.com (847) 299-5200

WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of

California)

(916) 372-9943

www.wicnet.org

WIC Woodwork Institute of California

(Now WI)

WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889

www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591

WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333

www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441

WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930

www.wwpa.org

B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract

Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,

telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-

to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.



DIN Deutsches Institut f?r Normung e.V. 49 30 2601-0

www.din.de

IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100

www.iapmo.org

ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233

www.iccsafe.org

ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587

www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543

UBC Uniform Building Code

(See ICC)

C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or

other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following

list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be

accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

CE Army Corps of Engineers (202) 761-0011

www.usace.army.mil

CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772

www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923

DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000

www.commerce.gov

DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257

http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil

DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220

www.energy.gov

EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167

www.epa.gov

FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322

www.faa.gov

FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322

www.fcc.gov

FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332

www.fda.gov

GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111

www.gsa.gov



HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112

www.hud.gov

LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000

www.lbl.gov

NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program

(See TRB)

NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478

www.nist.gov

OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742

www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999

PBS Public Buildings Service

(See GSA)

PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694

www.hhs.gov/ophs

RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540

(See USDA)

SD State Department (202) 647-4000

www.state.gov

TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934

http://gulliver.trb.org

USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791

www.usda.gov

USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000

www.usps.com

D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or

other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations

in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are

believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

ADAAG

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-

2253

Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-

0080

Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities

Available from U.S. Access Board

www.access-board.gov

CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-

1800



Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-

1800

www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html

DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards (215) 697-

2664

Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point

http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil

DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus

(See FS)

FED-STD Federal Standard

(See FS)

FS Federal Specification (215) 697-

2664



Available from Defense Standardization Program

www.dps.dla.mil

Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-

8925

www.gsa.gov

Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-

7800

www.wbdg.org/ccb

FTMS Federal Test Method Standard

(See FS)

MIL (See MILSPEC)

MIL-STD (See MILSPEC)

MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards (215) 697-

2664



UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-

2253

Available from Access Board (202) 272-

0080

www.access-board.gov

E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or

other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following



list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be

accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

CBHF

State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs Bureau of Home

Furnishings and Thermal Insulation

(800) 952-

5210

www.dca.ca.gov/bhfti (916) 574-

2041

CCR California Code of Regulations (916) 323-

6815

www.calregs.com

CDHS California Department of Health Services

(See CDPH)

CDPH California Department of Public Health, Indoor Air Quality Section (510) 620-

2802

www.cal-iaq.org

CPUC California Public Utilities Commission (415) 703-

2782

www.cpuc.ca.gov

TFS Texas Forest Service (979) 458-

6650

Forest Resource Development

http://txforestservice.tamu.edu





TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1

SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and

protection facilities.

1.3 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in

the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and

facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities

having jurisdiction.

B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction

operations.

C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges for water used by all entities for construction

operations.

D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges for electricity used by all entities

for construction operations.


A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary

electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each

temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage installer of each permanent service to assume

responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use



as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned

responsibilities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Materials: As required by Contractor.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by

locations and classes of fire exposures.

B. HVAC Equipment: As required by the Contractor. Provide vented, self-contained, liquid-

propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating

units is prohibited.

2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency

acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with

performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities

are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be

interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.

1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having

jurisdiction.

C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for

construction. Owner’s potable water sources are available for Contractor’s use.



D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of

construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type,

number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities

for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from

adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a

harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction

activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction

from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on

completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to

produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to

level required to allow installation or application of finishes.

G. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size,

capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. Owner’s electric sources

are available for Contractor’s use.

H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination

for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements

without operating entire system.

I. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all

construction personnel.

1. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when

away from field office.

J. Temporary facilities necessary for selective demolition: Provide temporary dust control, debris

control, blast control and similar work.

K. Painting: Provide temporary protection from paint over spray.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection.

Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion

will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.



2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

3. Maintain access for Owner’s vehicles, vendor’s vehicles during facility’s operating hours.

C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.

1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining

properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.

D. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste

from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

Comply with Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requirements.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct

construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible

air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of 2003 EPA

Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and

requirements specified in Division 31 Section "Site Clearing."

C. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide

barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of

stormwater from heavy rains.

D. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around staging areas. Provide

lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of

security. Lock entrances at end of each work day. Method of locking site shall require Owner’s

approval.

E. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having

jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

F. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress

and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities.

Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate

temporary enclosures.

G. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types

needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with

NFPA 241.

1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas.

2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar

sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.



3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL

A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible

signs of mold that may appear during construction.

B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject

to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Protect porous materials from water damage.

2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water.

3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete.

4. Remove standing water from decks.

5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.

3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and

abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,

ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated

results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and

protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended,

when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial

Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been

delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed

surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.

2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during

construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 01

Section "Closeout Procedures."



CUTTING AND PATCHING 015500-1

SECTION 015500 - CUTTING AND PATCHING 1

PART 1 - GENERAL 2

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary 4 Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 5

1.2 SUMMARY 6

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and 7 patching. 8

B. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and 9 patching individual parts of the Work. 10

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11

A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner 12 that would reduce their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. 13

B. Obtain approval from the Architect of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting 14 and patching the following structural elements: 15

1. Foundation construction. 16 2. Bearing and retaining walls. 17 3. Structural concrete. 18 4. Structural steel. 19 5. Lintels. 20 6. Miscellaneous structural metals. 21 7. Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment. 22

C. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety 23 related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform 24 as intended, or result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. 25

D. Obtain approval from the Architect of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting 26 and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: 27

1. Shoring, bracing, and sheeting. 28 2. Membranes and flashings. 29 3. Electrical wiring systems. 30



E. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in 1 occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's 2 aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and 3 replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5

2.1 MATERIALS 6

A. Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available 7 or cannot be used where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing 8 adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials 9 whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. 10

PART 3 - EXECUTION 11

3.1 INSPECTION 12

A. Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions 13 under which cutting and patching is to be performed. Take corrective action before 14 proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. 15

B. Before proceeding, meet at the site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including 16 mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. 17 Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 18

3.2 PREPARATION 19

A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. 20

B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. 21 Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might 22 be exposed during cutting and patching operations. 23

C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining 24 areas. 25

D. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving 26 the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made 27 to bypass them. 28

3.3 PERFORMANCE 29



A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting 1 and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 2

B. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance 3 of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore 4 surfaces to their original condition. 5

C. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements to be 6 retained or adjoining construction. Where possible review proposed procedures with the 7 original installer; comply with the original installer's recommendations. 8

1. In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for 9 sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size 10 required with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover 11 openings when not in use. 12

2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished 13 side into concealed surfaces. 14

3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum 15 saw or diamond core drill. 16

4. Comply with requirements of applicable Sections of Division-31 where cutting and 17 patching requires excavating and backfilling. 18

5. By-pass utility services such as pipe or conduit, before cutting, where services are 19 shown or required to be removed, relocated or abandoned. Cut-off pipe or conduit 20 in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal the remaining 21 portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter 22 after by-passing and cutting. 23

D. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with 24 specified tolerances. 25

1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the 26 installation. 27

2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained 28 adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and 29 refinishing. 30

3. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch 31 and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of 32 uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and 33 replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance. 34

4. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over 35 entire unbroken 36

5. containing the patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat. 37 6. Patch, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane 38

surface of uniform appearance. 39

3.4 CLEANING 40



A. Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed or used as 1 access. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. 2 Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is 3 applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 4

END OF SECTION 010450 5


PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1

SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in

Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products;

special warranties; and comparable products.


1. Division 01 Section "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance.

2. Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.

3. Division 01 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken

from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment,"

"system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or

model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product

literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or

facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new

products.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process

to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance,

physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of

specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's

product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or

model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function,

dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for

purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the

specification.



1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product.

Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification

Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable

Products" Article.

2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or

documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request.

Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product

request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional

information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures."

b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable

product request within time allocated.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01

Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.


A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products

for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously

selected products were also options.

1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible

with products and construction methods of other contractors.

2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible

products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,

deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written

instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent

overcrowding of construction spaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that

are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other

losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original

sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for

handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.



4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to

determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight

enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

4. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of

installation and concealment.

5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,

ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.

6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other

warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on

product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract

Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a

particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide

specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and

identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and

properly executed.

2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a

written document using indicated form properly executed.

3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 49. Sections for specific content requirements and particular

requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are

undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed

for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.



2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are

specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used

successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with

requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.

5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications

establish salient characteristics of products.

6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or

approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products"

Article and General Conditions to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named

product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for

Contractor's convenience will not be considered.

2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source,

provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements.

Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.

3. Products:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers

and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements.

Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be

considered, unless otherwise indicated.

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available

manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed

product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in

"Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product.

4. Manufacturers:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names,

provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with

requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience

will not be considered, unless otherwise indicated.

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers,

provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed

manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in

"Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's

product.

5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product

indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or

indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers.

Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics

that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products"

Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.



C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample",

provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's

decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified

requirements, comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures"

for proposal of product.

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect

from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with

requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's

product line that includes both standard and premium items.

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable

product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,

Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these

requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents,

that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results,

and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.

2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the

Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size,

durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.

4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and

names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.

5. Samples, if requested.




MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 016100-1

SECTION 016100 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1

PART 1 - GENERAL 2

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary 4 Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 5

1.2 SUMMARY 6

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the 7 Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project. 8

B. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included 9 under Section "Submittal Procedures." 10

C. Standards: Refer to Section 1 Sections “Reference Standards and Definitions” for 11 applicability of industry standards to products specified. 12

1.3 DEFINITIONS 13

A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms 14 used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," 15 "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms such are self-explanatory and have well 16 recognized meanings in the construction industry. 17

1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased 18 for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" 19 includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 20

2. "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including 21 make or model designation, indicated in the manufacturer's published product 22 literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. 23

3. "Materials" are products that are substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, 24 refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. 25

4. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually 26 operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping. 27

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 28

A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind, from 29 a single source. 30



1. When specified products are available only from sources that do not or cannot 1 produce a quantity adequate to complete project requirements in a timely manner, 2 consult with the Architect for a determination of the most important product 3 qualities before proceeding. Qualities may include attributes relating to visual 4 appearance, strength, durability, or compatibility. When a determination has been 5 made, select products from sources that produce products that possess these 6 qualities, to the fullest extent possible. 7

B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between 8 two or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible 9 with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 10

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11

A. Deliver, store and handle products in accordance with the manufacturer's 12 recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and 13 loss, including theft. 14

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent 15 overcrowding of construction spaces. 16

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items 17 that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft 18 and other losses. 19

3. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other 20 packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, 21 unpacking, protecting and installing. 22

4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents, 23 and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 24

5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement 25 of quantity or counting of units. 26

6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not 27 endanger the supporting construction. 28

7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a 29 weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 30 Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's 31 instructions. 32

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION 34

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract 35 Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, unused at the time of 36 installation. 37



1. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other 1 devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and 2 effect. 3

2. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that have 4 been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 5

B. Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents 6 and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. Procedures governing 7 product selection include the following: 8

1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where only a single product or 9 manufacturer is named, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be 10 permitted, except as indicated in individual specification sections and in the 11 drawings. 12

2. Semi-proprietary Specification Requirements: Where two or more products or 13 manufacturers are named, provide one of the products indicated. No substitutions 14 will be permitted, except as indicated in individual specification sections and in the 15 drawings. 16

C. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or 17 equal," or "or approved equal" comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning 18 "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 19

D. Non-Proprietary Specifications: When the Specifications list products or manufacturers 20 that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor 21 to use of these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that 22 complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions 23 concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. 24

E. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or 25 assembly, listing exact characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade 26 name, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise 27 complies with Contract requirements 28

F. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with 29 performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements, and 30 are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. General overall 31 performance of a product is implied where the product is specified for a specific 32 application. 33

a. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product 34 literature, or by the manufacturer's certification of performance. 35

G. Compliance with Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where the Specifications only 36 require compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that 37 complies with the standards, codes or regulations specified. 38



H. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the 1 Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. 2

1. Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and 3 also complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the 4 Contract Documents concerning "substitutions" for selection of a matching product 5 in another product category, or for noncompliance with specified requirements. 6

I. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "...as selected 7 from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase, select a 8 product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Architect 9 will select the color, pattern and texture from the product line selected. 10


3.1 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS 12

A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products 13 in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located 14 and aligned with other Work. 15

1. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage 16 and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 17

18 19



EXECUTION 017300 - 1

SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the

Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.

2. Field engineering and surveying.

3. Installation of the Work.

4. Cutting and patching.

5. Progress cleaning.

6. Starting and adjusting.

7. Protection of installed construction.

8. Correction of the Work.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of

other work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after

installation of other work.


A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice

in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying

services of the kind indicated.

B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of

construction elements.

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of

locations and details of cutting and await directions from the Architect before proceeding.

Shore, brace, and support structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and

patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or

increase deflection



2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components

in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in

increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or

components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in

reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or

decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not

limited to the following:

a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.

b. Membranes and flashings.

c. Equipment supports.

d. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.

e. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual

evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner

that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and

replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written

recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed

surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed,

will provide a match acceptable to the Architect for the visual and functional performance

of in-place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and

construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and

verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and

other construction affecting the Work.



1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of

sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and

other utilities.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities

serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the

Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where

indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions

affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of

the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:

a. Description of the Work.

b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.

c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.

d. Recommended corrections.

2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with

existing finishes or primers.

3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of

connections before equipment and fixture installation.

4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to

be installed.

5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move,

or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances

located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck

measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to

other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before

fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the

Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown

diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for

clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control

of the Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in

Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination."



3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on

Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are

discovered, notify Architect promptly.

B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction

and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.

2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required

dimensions.

3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.

4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.

5. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable

tolerances.

6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by

authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and

topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.

D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building

foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical

work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level

foundations and piers from two or more locations.

E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and

levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and

duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log

available for reference by Architect.

3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference

points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control

points during construction operations.

1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written

approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points

promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect

before proceeding.

2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base

replacements on the original survey control points.

B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,

referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having

jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.



1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record

Documents.

2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide

temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.

3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction

to its original condition.

C. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work

requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations,

angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and

elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance

and ease of removal for replacement.

3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of in occupied spaces and 90 inches (2300 mm) in

unoccupied spaces.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in

applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.

Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or

loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory

prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate

provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

G. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size

and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with

other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and

type required for load conditions.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at

heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions

for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with

integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to

Project site in time for installation.



H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,

arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered

hazardous.

3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed

with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance

of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their

original condition.

B. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

C. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide

protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during

cutting and patching operations.

D. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free

passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching in accordance with

requirements of Division 01 Section "Summary."

E. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems

are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting

to minimize interruption to occupied areas.

F. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar

operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or

adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply

with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering

and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum

disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-

core drill.

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections

where required by cutting and patching operations.

5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be

removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent

entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

G. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations

following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as



practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other

Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate

physical integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration

into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching

and refinishing.

a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing

materials.

b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into

another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface

of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall

coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and

appearance.

a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and

intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final

paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional

coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.

H. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint,

mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements

strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and

debris.

2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if

the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark

containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

a. Utilize containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for

proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.



2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire

work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written

instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials

specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning

materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure

freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down

sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Division 01 Section

"Temporary Facilities and Controls."

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining

materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from

damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the

remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure

operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction,

completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious

exposure during the construction period.

3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning

units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation

without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.

Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Division 01 Section

"Quality Requirements."

3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or

deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.



3.10 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.

1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up

with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired

without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that

cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.



CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1

SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but

not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures.

2. Final completion procedures.

3. Warranties.

4. Final cleaning.


1. Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site.

2. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements

for the Work in those Sections.

1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial

Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete with request.

1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the

list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.

2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.

3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final

certifications, and similar documents.

4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to

services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar

releases.

5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by

Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

6. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner.

7. Complete startup testing of systems.

8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,

construction tools, and similar elements.

9. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.

10. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and

maintenance.



11. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.

12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual

defects.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of

request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled

requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or

will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by

Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as

incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.

1.4 FINAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion,

complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment

Procedures."

2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be

completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy

of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for

acceptance.

3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance

requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.

5. Instruct Owner in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and

systems.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,

Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.

Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of

construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as

incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by

construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary,

areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use CSI Form 14.1A.

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order.

2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,

individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.

3. Include the following information at the top of each page:



a. Project name.

b. Date.

c. Name of Architect.

d. Name of Contractor.

e. Page number.

4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:

a. Three paper copies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise indicated. Architect

will return two copies.

1.6 WARRANTIES

A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the

Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated.

B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of

designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during

construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the

Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,

thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch

paper.

2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark

tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or

installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone

number of Installer.

3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES,"

Project name, and name of Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator

of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health

or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with

local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.



B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each

surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance

program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification

of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:

a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,

including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other

foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other

foreign deposits.

c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from

Project site.

e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,

free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural

weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original

condition.

f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,

plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.

g. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.

h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo

if visible soil or stains remain.

i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.

Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.

Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish

mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.

j. Remove labels that are not permanent.

k. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.

Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that

already show evidence of repair or restoration.

1) Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including

mechanical and electrical nameplates.

l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment.

Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign

substances.

m. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede

operation or reduce longevity.

n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains

resulting from water exposure.

o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces

of diffusers, registers, and grills.

p. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during

construction or that display contamination with particulate matter upon inspection.

q. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.

Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and

defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with

requirements for new fixtures.



r. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid

Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.

D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Division 01 Section

"Temporary Facilities and Controls."



SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1

SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.


1. Section 011000 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner-occupancy

requirements, and phasing requirements.

2. Section 017300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures.

3. Section 013516 "Alteration Project Procedures" for general protection and work

procedures for alteration projects.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated

to be salvaged or reinstalled.

B. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage,

prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.

C. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise


D. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle

methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless


1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.




A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures

proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control

and, for blast debris control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.

B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates

for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.

2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.

3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.

4. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of

Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.

C. Pre-demolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction,

including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations.


A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.

Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

B. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding

with selective demolition.

Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.

1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify

Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate

contract.

C. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

D. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against

damage during selective demolition operations.

1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning

selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having

jurisdiction.

B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition

operations.

B. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any

element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or

adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations.

1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective

demolition activities.

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect

them against damage.

B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify,

disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to

be selectively demolished.

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent

injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and

to and from occupied portions of building.

2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of

existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage

and damage to structure and interior areas.

3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are

exposed during selective demolition operations.

4. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling

specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."



B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as

required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and

finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of

construction being demolished.

1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.

C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist.

3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new

construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of

governing regulations and as follows:

1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete

selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting

members on the next lower level.

2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting

methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand

tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping.

Temporarily cover openings to remain.

3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring

existing finished surfaces.

4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed

spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before

starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-

cutting operations.

5. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 30 minutes after flame-cutting operations.

6. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.

7. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and

promptly dispose of off-site.

8. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free

fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.

9. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose

excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

10. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal

operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other

adjacent occupied and used facilities.

C. Removed and Reinstalled Items:

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.

3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.



4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new

materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports and miscellaneous materials

necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling

during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable,

protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original

locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS

A. Steel: Demolish in manageable sections and coordinate with concrete where applicable.

Coordinate with proposed steel and concrete work.

B. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain

and at regular intervals using power-driven saw, and then remove concrete between saw cuts.

C. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than covers two bays. Maintain two adjacent bays

covered for Owner’s existing operation and use.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved

construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces

and areas.

3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will

convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

B. Burning: Do not burn or bury demolished materials on-site.

3.7 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective

demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition

operations began.



CONCRETE REPAIR WORK 030131 - 1

SECTION 030131 – CONCRETE REPAIR WORK

PART 1: GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. The types of repairs required are shown by the Drawings or are described within the

Specifications. Compensation for completed Work shall be based on field-measured

quantities.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications and standards, except where

more stringent requirements are shown or specified.

B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete

Institute.

C. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete; American Concrete

Institute.

D. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete; American Concrete Institute.

E. ASTM A 185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete

Reinforcement.

F. ASTM A 615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement.

G. ASTM C 31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the

Field.

H. ASTM C 33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

I. ASTM C 39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete

Specimens.

J. ASTM C 172 - Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.

K. ASTM C 309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for

Curing Concrete.

L. ASTM C881 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for

Concrete.

M. NACE International – National Association of Corrosion Engineers.



N. SSPC – Steel Structures Painting Council.


A. Comply with the following:

1. Except as shown or specified, the Work of this Section shall conform to the

requirements of International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI), 3166 S. River

Rd., Suite 132, Des Plaines, IL 60018, (847) 827-0830, www.icri.org.

ICRI Guideline No. 310.1R-2008 Guide for Surface Preparation for the

Repair of Deteriorated Concrete Resulting from Reinforcing Steel

Corrosion (formerly Guideline No. 03730).

2. Apply all repair materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations for storage, preparation, mixing, placement and curing.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

1. Submit Specification Data Sheets for each product in accordance with provisions

noted in the General Conditions.

PART 2: PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Sika Corporation.

B. Sto Concrete Restoration Division.

C. Euclid Chemical Company.

2.02 PRODUCT SCHEDULE AND NOTES

Description Sika Sto Euclid

Vertical / Overhead: Monotop 615 CR 702CI Verticoat Supreme

Slab Edge / Beam: Sikacrete 211 CR 311CIX Eucocrete Supreme /

Tamms Form & Pour

Reinforcing Protection: Armatec 110 CR246 Corr-Bond

Epocem



A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring compatibility of cementitious repair materials

and weather protection products to be used.

B. Repairs deeper than allowed for neat mortar shall be extended with coarse

aggregate per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

C. Zinc rich rebar primers are not allowed.

D. Single Source Responsibility: Provide mortars and anti-corrosion and bonding agent

produced by the same manufacturer for concrete repairs.

E. Substitutions shall not be allowed unless otherwise provided for by Section 01500.

2.03 REINFORCING MATERIALS

A. Reinforcing Steel: Shall be ASTM A615 - Grade 60 deformed bars, free from oil, scale and

rust, placed in accordance with the American Concrete Institute Standard Specifications

and Details.

B. Chemical Anchors shall be installed with an equal two part epoxy polymer injection system

such as Hilti RE 500 SD.

PART 3: EXECUTION

3.01 REMOVAL GEOMETRY

A. Excavate and remove all spalled and unsound concrete resulting from reinforcing steel

corrosion. Maximum size chipping hammers shall be limited to 30 pounds. Fractured

aggregate profile shall conform to NACE-6: Surface Preparation of Concrete.

B. Sawcut along edges of excavated areas, to achieve a minimum depth of ¼ inch to a

maximum of ½ inch. Adjust saw depth to avoid cutting into reinforcing bars.

C. Edges of repair areas adjacent to sound existing concrete shall be cut in straight lined

regular shaped patterns.

D. Existing reinforcing shall be chipped out all around the bar until the entire circumference

has been exposed to clean unaffected cross-section and a ¾ inch minimum clearance is

achieved behind the backside of each bar.

3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. All exposed reinforcing shall be abrasively cleaned free of bond inhibiting corrosion by

sandblasting using oil-free compressed air to achieve a near white metal profile in

accordance with NACE-2 / SSPC SP-10.



B. All exposed and cleaned reinforcing shall be coated with anti-corrosion and bonding agent

in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

C. All existing concrete surfaces to receive new concrete or repair mortar shall be prepared

and maintained in a surface saturated dry (SSD) condition up to time of placement.

D. Forms and excavated concrete areas shall be kept in clean condition, free of debris and

standing water.

3.03 REINFORCING DETAILS

A. Tension bars that exhibit 20% or greater loss of the gross bar section shall be overlap

spliced to achieve 48 x bar diameter length with a new bar of the same size.

B. Dowels into existing concrete shall be set into pre-drilled holes of suitable diameter and

depth, 9 x bar diameter minimum, to receive epoxy anchoring adhesive. Rods shall be

inserted with a slow twisting action and allowed to cure overnight prior to concrete

placement.

3.04 MIXING & PLACEMENT

A. Mix repair mortars in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions using a low speed

drill and mixing paddle in suitable sized container. For extended mixes, the coarse

aggregate shall be added last, once a lump free homogenous mixture is achieved.

B. Vertical and overhead repairs applied by hand with polymer-modified non-sag mortar shall

be troweled in place with sufficient pressure to form intimate bond with the existing

substrate.

C. At deep form and pour repair areas, the concrete or repair mortar shall be consolidated to

remove entrapped air and evenly distribute the cement paste by means of vibration.

3.05 FINISHING & CURING

A. Moist cure all repair overlays with wet burlap in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations for particular material.

B. Repairs of load bearing members that require temporary shoring must reach original design

strength or the repair material 7-day strength prior to removing forms and shoring.

C. Apply stucco to match existing texture at walls, columns, ceilings, and slab edges after

repair work is complete. The required area to be covered shall be included in the unit cost

for each affected type of repaired substrate.

3.06 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING



A. The CONTRACTOR will employ a testing laboratory to perform tests and submit reports.

Laboratory to be CMEC accredited (Concrete Materials Engineering Council).

B. Sampling Fresh Mixes:

1. Test Sample Size / Extended Mortar: 3" diameter x 6" high cylinders.

2. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C-39; one set of three (3) cylinders per

building; one (1) specimen tested in 3 days, one (1) specimen in 7 days and one

(1) specimen in 28 days.

3. CONTRACTOR will notify testing lab least 24 hours prior to material placement.

C. Test results will be reported in writing to OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE within 24 hours

after tests. Tests shall contain project identification name and number, date of pour, testing

service name, compressive breaking strength and type of break for 3-day, 7-day and 28-

day tests for all structures.



CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1

003300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete

materials, mixture design, placement procedures, curing & testing and finishes, for the following

as shown on the contract documents and as specified herein:

1. Walls

2. Concrete toppings.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 03 Section "Architectural Concrete" for general building applications of specially

finished formed concrete.

2. Division 03 Section "Concrete Topping" for emery- and iron-aggregate concrete floor

toppings.

3. Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade.

4. Division 14. Testing Laboratory Services

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the

following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-

furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete strength classification required, submit to Architect five (5)

copies of mix design for concrete at least 15 days prior to delivery of concrete to project site.

Contractor must review and approve mix design prior to submitting to the Architect. Submit

alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test

results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. Data submitted shall be as outlined in ACI

chapter 5 for qualifying concrete proportions. Field strength tests shall be no older than 1 year.

1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.

C. Steel Reinforcement: Submit shop drawings for fabrications, bending and placement of concrete

reinforcement. Comply with the ACI 315 “Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced

Concrete Structures” showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams for bent bars, arrangement



of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required and openings through concrete

structures. Shop drawings must be reviewed and marked approved by the Contractor prior to

submittal to the Architect.

D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of and sealed by a qualified

professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork.

1. Shoring and Re-shoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork,

shoring removal, and installing and removing re-shoring.

E. Samples: For all accessories.

F. Welding certificates.

G. Qualification Data: For Installer & manufacturer.

H. Material Test Reports from an independent testing lab: For the following, from a qualified testing

agency, indicating compliance with requirements:

1. Aggregates. Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of

concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity.

2. Fly Ash.

3. Silica Fume.

4. Metakaolin.

I. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers and contractor

certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds, the specified requirements:

1. Cementitious materials.

2. Admixtures.

3. Form materials and form-release agents.

4. Steel reinforcement and accessories.

5. Fiber reinforcement.

6. Waterstops.

7. Curing compounds.

8. Floor and slab treatments.

9. Bonding agents.

10. Adhesives.

11. Vapor retarders.

12. Semirigid joint filler.

13. Joint-filler strips.

14. Repair materials.

J. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements to determine compliance with specified

tolerances.

K. Field quality-control test and inspection reports.

L. Minutes of pre-installation conference.




A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-

certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete

Flatwork Technician.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete

products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and

equipment.

1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete

Production Facilities."

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, employed by the owner, qualified

according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to

ASTM E 548.

1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician,

Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program.

2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing

Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory

supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II.

D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from

the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through

one source from a single manufacturer.

E. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code-

-Reinforcing Steel."

F. Comply with the following publications unless modified by requirements in the Contract

Documents:

1. ACI 301, Secifications for Structural Concrete, Section 1,5 &7..

2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."

3. ACI 304 – Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing

Concrete.

4. ACI 305 – Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting.

5. ACI 306 – Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting.

6. ACI 308 – Recommended Practice for Curing Concrete.

7. ACI 309 – Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete.

8. ACI 311 – Guide for Concrete Inspection.

9. ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.

10. Concrete Reinforcing steel institute: “Manual of Standard Practice”.

G. Concrete Testing Service: Contractor shall engage a qualified independent testing agency to

perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.

H. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in




1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures

for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly

concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following:

a. Owner.

b. Architect.

c. Structural Engineer.

d. Contractor.

e. Appropriate Subcontractor.

f. Concrete Producer.

g. Admixture manufacturer’s representative.

h. Testing Laboratory.

2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality

control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing

procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, semi-rigid joint

fillers, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and re-shoring procedures, vapor-retarder

installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement

installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and

concrete protection.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and

damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement.

B. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other

contaminants.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to

product selection:

1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.

2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified.

3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering

products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,

manufacturers specified.

2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS

A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and

smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.



1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials.

2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and

as follows:

a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better.

b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge

sealed.

c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.

d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.

B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material.

Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.

C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic,

paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding

specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic

concrete loads without detrimental deformation.

D. Pan-Type Forms: Glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic

concrete loads without detrimental deformation.

E. Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally sufficient

to support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads.

F. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch (19 by 19 mm), minimum.

G. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal.

H. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain,

or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete

surfaces.

1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.

I. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form

ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of

concrete on removal.

1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to the plane of

exposed concrete surface.

2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter in

concrete surface.

3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or

waterproofing.

2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed.



B. Stainless-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 955, Grade 60, Type 304 deformed.

C. MMFX Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A1035, deformed reinforcing bars.

D. Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A 184/A 184M, fabricated from ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60

(Grade 420) ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed bars, assembled with clips.

E. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn.

F. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496.

G. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel

wire into flat sheets.

H. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, flat sheet.

2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES

A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut bars true to length with ends

square and free of burrs.

B. Refer to section 033816 for additional requirements when post-tensioning is required.

C. Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A 780, zinc-based solder, paint containing zinc dust, or sprayed

zinc.

D. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening

reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel

wire, or plastic as follows:

1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI

Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.

2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar

supports.

3. For zinc-coated reinforcement, use galvanized wire or dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar

supports.

4. Concrete bricks may be used as supports only in footings and pile/pier caps but must be of the

same strength as concrete.

2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and

source, throughout Project. Strenght uniformity of cement shall be determined on the basis of

ASTM C 917.

1. Portland Cement: ASTM C595, Type IP. ASTM C 150, Type I may be used only with the

following:



a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F except loss in ignition shall not exceed 4%.

Fly Ash content of mix shall be between 15% and 20% of Type 1 cement by

weight. Provide from one source strength uniformity of cement shall be

determined on the basis of ASTM C917, evaluation of cement strength uniformity

from a single source.

2. Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595, Type IP.

B. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.

C. Metakaolin: Provide CEMX by ISG resource or Architect/Engineer accepted alternate.

D. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates

from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service

in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials.

1. Fine Aggregate – Natural quartz sand or sand manufactured from approved coarse aggregate

and conforming to ASTM C33. Mixes of 6000 PSI strength or greater shall have fineness

modulus not less than 2.70 and having a proven service record.

2. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, washed, sound, crushed natural granite or limestone products. Free

from clay, mud, loam, or other foreign matter. Conform to ASTM C33.

3. Maximum Aggregate Size: Not larger then ¾”, nor three-fourth of the minimum clear spacing

between individual reinforcing bars or bundles of bars, except when approved otherwise by

Arhcitect. Maximum aggregate for steel-pan stair fill and thin slabs 3” thick and less, shall be

3/8”. For mixes of good PSI strength or greater aggregate size shall be No. 78M (3/8 inch).

E. Water: ASTM C 94 potable and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, salts and organic

matter.

2.6 ADMIXTURES

General: Provide admixtures produced by acceptable manufacturers and use in compliance with

the manufacturer’s printed directions. Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated

and tested in the accepted mixes, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Architect.

A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other

admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in

hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.

1. High Range Water Reducer: Conform to ASTM C494 Type G, set retarding, such a Daracem

100 by W.R. Grace & Co. or Architect accepted alternate. Products conforming to ASTM

C494 Type F, such as ADVA 100 by W.R. Grace and Glenium 3030 by Master Builders, may

be used in conjunction with an appropriated ASTM C494 Type D Retarding admixture.

Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type B.

2. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. (ADVA 100 by WR Grace,

Glenium 2020 by Master Builders or approved alternate)

3. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. (DARACOM 100 by WR

Grace or approved alternate



4. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type G.

5. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017, Type II.

6. Calcium Chloride: Do not use calcium chloride or any admixtures containing free chloride

ions not attributable to the water used in manufacturing.

C. Set-Accelerating Corrosion-Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, anodic inhibitor or

mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a protective barrier and minimizing

chloride reactions with steel reinforcement in concrete and complying with ASTM C 494, Type C.

1. Products:

a. Boral Material Technologies, Inc.; Boral BCN.

b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucon CIA.

c. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI.

d. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheocrete CNI.

e. Sika Corporation; Sika CNI.

D. Non-Set-Accelerating Corrosion-Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, non-set-

accelerating, anodic inhibitor or mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a

protective barrier and minimizing chloride reactions with steel reinforcement in concrete.

1. Products:

a. Axim Concrete Technologies; Catexol 1000CI.

b. Boral Material Technologies, Inc.; Boral BCN2.

c. Cortec Corporation; MCI 2000.

d. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI-S.

e. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheocrete 222+.

f. Sika Corporation; FerroGard-901.

2.7 FIBER REINFORCEMENT

A. Carbon-Steel Fiber: ASTM A 820, deformed, minimum of 2 inches long, and aspect ratio of 45

to 50.

1. Products:

a. Bekaert Corporation; Dramix.

b. Fibercon International, Inc.; Fibercon.

c. SI Concrete Systems; Zorex.

2. Fiber: Type 1, cold-drawn wire.

B. Synthetic Fiber: Monofilament or fibrillated polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for

use in concrete pavement, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches (13 to 38

mm) long.

1. Products:

a. Monofilament Fibers:

1) Axim Concrete Technologies; Fibrasol IIP.



2) Euclid Chemical Company (The); Fiberstrand 100.

3) FORTA Corporation; Forta Mono.

4) Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; Grace MicroFiber.

5) Metalcrete Industries; Polystrand 1000.

6) SI Concrete Systems; Fibermix Stealth.

b. Fibrillated Fibers:

1) Axim Concrete Technologies; Fibrasol F.

2) Euclid Chemical Company (The); Fiberstrand F.

3) FORTA Corporation; Forta.

4) Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; Grace Fibers.

5) SI Concrete Systems; Fibermesh.

2.8 CURING COMPOUND AND VAPOR RETARDERS

A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class B. Include manufacturer’s recommended adhesive

or pressure-sensitive tape.

B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing

approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) when dry.

C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.

D. Water: Potable.

E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B,

dissipating.

1. Products:

a. Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB.

b. Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure.

c. ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear.

d. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company;

W.B. Resin Cure.

e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W).

f. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX.

g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420.

h. Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure-Clear.

i. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R.

j. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 Clear.

k. Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E.

l. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Resi-Chem Clear Cure.

m. Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 30.

n. Unitex; Hydro Cure 309.

o. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear.

p. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100.

F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B,

nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor

covering.



1. Products:

a. Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Clear Cure WB.

b. Burke by Edoco; Spartan Cote WB II.

c. ChemMasters; Safe-Cure & Seal 20.

d. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company;

Cure and Seal WB.

e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Safe Cure and Seal (J-18).

f. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Aqua Cure VOX.

g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Cure & Seal 309 Emulsion.

h. Lambert Corporation; Glazecote Sealer-20.

i. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Dress & Seal WB.

j. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-20.

k. Metalcrete Industries; Metcure.

l. Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Cure & Seal 150E.

m. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Seal 18 Percent E.

n. Tamms Industries, Inc.; Clearseal WB 150.

o. Unitex; Hydro Seal.

p. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Hydrasheen 15 percent

q. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Starseal 309.

G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, 18

to 25 percent solids, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere

with bonding of floor covering.

1. Available Products:

a. Burke by Edoco; Spartan Cote WB II 20 Percent.

b. ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear.

c. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company;

High Seal.

d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Safe Cure and Seal (J-19).

e. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Diamond Clear VOX.

f. Kaufman Products, Inc.; SureCure Emulsion.

g. Lambert Corporation; Glazecote Sealer-20.

h. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Dress & Seal WB.

i. MBT Protection and Repair, Div. of ChemRex; MasterKure-N-Seal VOC.

j. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-20.

k. Metalcrete Industries; Metcure 0800.

l. Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Cure & Seal 200E.

m. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Kure-N-Seal.

n. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Seal 18 Percent E.

o. Tamms Industries, Inc.; Clearseal WB STD.

p. Unitex; Hydro Seal 18.

q. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Radiance UV-25

r. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Starseal 0800.

H. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,

Type 1, Class A.

1. Products:

a. Burke by Edoco; Cureseal 1315.



b. ChemMasters; Spray-Cure & Seal Plus.


Sealcure 1315.

d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day-Chem Cure and Seal (J-22UV).

e. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Super Diamond Clear.

f. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Sure Cure 25.

g. Lambert Corporation; UV Super Seal.

h. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Lumiseal Plus.

i. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; CS-309/30.

j. Metalcrete Industries; Seal N Kure 0.

k. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Kure-N-Seal 5.

l. Tamms Industries, Inc.; LusterSeal 300.

m. Unitex; Solvent Seal 1315.

n. US Mix Products Company; US Spec CS-25

o. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex AC 1315

I. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,

Class A.

1. Products:

a. Burke by Edoco; Cureseal 1315 WB.

b. ChemMasters; Polyseal WB.


Sealcure 1315 WB.

d. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Super Diamond Clear VOX.

e. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Sure Cure 25 Emulsion.

f. Lambert Corporation; UV Safe Seal.

g. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Lumiseal WB Plus.

h. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-30.

i. Metalcrete Industries; Metcure 30.

j. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Cure & Seal 31 Percent E.

k. Tamms Industries, Inc.; LusterSeal WB 300.

l. Unitex; Hydro Seal 25.

m. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Radiance UV-25.

n. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Vexcon Starseal 1315.

2.9 RELATED MATERIALS

A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber.

B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A

shore durometer hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240.

C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene

butadiene.

D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing

and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit

requirements, and as follows:



1. Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened

concrete.

E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch- (0.55-mm-) thick, galvanized steel sheet.

Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.

F. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch (0.85 mm) thick,

with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of

concrete or debris.

2.10 REPAIR MATERIALS

A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be

applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent

floor elevations.

1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as

defined in ASTM C 219.

2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and

application.

3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as

recommended by underlayment manufacturer.

4. Compressive Strength: Not less than [4100 psi (29 MPa)] at 28 days when tested according to

ASTM C 109/C 109M.

B. Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied

in thicknesses from 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor

elevations.

1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as

defined in ASTM C 219.

2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and

application.

3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as

recommended by topping manufacturer.

4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) at 28 days when tested according

to ASTM C 109/C 109M.

2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL

A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of

laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.

1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture

designs based on laboratory trial mixtures.

B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than

portland cement in concrete as follows:



1. Fly Ash: 25 percent.

2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent.

3. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent.

4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent

portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent.

5. Silica Fume: 10 percent.

6. Combined Fly Ash, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not

exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent.

7. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag, and Silica Fume: 50

percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10

percent.

C. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.06 0.15 0.30 1.00 percent by

weight of cement.

D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as

required, for placement and workability.

2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low

humidity, or other adverse placement conditions.

3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and

parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-

cementitious materials ratio below 0.50.

4. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.

E. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written

instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup.

2.12 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES:

A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete in accordance with applicable

provisions of ASTM C-94. Use Ready Mixed Concrete.

B. Mix Proportioning:

1. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials

to be employed on the project for each class of concrete required, complying with ACI 211.1

and ACI 318.

C. Submit written reports to the Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least

15 days prior to start of work. Each mix design shall be identified by a number or code unique to

that mix.

D. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the 28 days psi compressive strength as

indicated on drawings and schedules

E.

F. Admixtures: Use air entraining admixture in all exterior exposed concrete, unless otherwise

indicated. Add air entraining admixture at the Manufacturer’s prescribed rate to result in concrete



at the point of placement having air content within the following limits: All concrete, 3% to 5%

unless otherwise approved by Engineer.

2.13 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT

A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."

2.14 CONCRETE MIXING

A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94,

and furnish batch ticket information.

1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and

delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32

deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FORMWORK

A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical,

lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can

support such loads.

B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation,

and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.

C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows:

1. Class A, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) for smooth-formed finished surfaces.

2. Class B, 1/4 inch (6 mm) for rough-formed finished surfaces.

D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.

E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.

Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide

top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.

1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.

2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.

F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations

and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use

strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.

G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork

is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent

loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.

H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete as indicated on architectural



drawings.

I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads

required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.

J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and

other debris just before placing concrete.

K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and

maintain proper alignment.

L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written

instructions, before placing reinforcement.

3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS

A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that

is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,

instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances

in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."

2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of

concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other

conditions.

3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated.

3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS

A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does

not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F

(10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by

form-removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained.

1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports

weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design

compressive strength.

2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening

or disturbing shores.

B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or

otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new

form-release agent.

C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align

and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless

approved by Architect.



3.4 SHORES AND RE-SHORES

A. Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M) and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring

and re-shoring. Shoring shall be designed by a registered engineer.

1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete.

B. In multistory construction, extend shoring or re-shoring over a sufficient number of stories to

distribute loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be excessively loaded or will

induce tensile stress in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement.

C. Plan sequence of removal of shores and re-shore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide

adequate re-shoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection.

3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.

1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing

concrete.

B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would

reduce bond to concrete.

C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and

support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld

crossing reinforcing bars.

1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4, where indicated.

D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.

E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to

minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps

of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.

F. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating

according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy-coated

steel reinforcement.

G. Zinc-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged zinc coatings with zinc repair material

according to ASTM A 780. Use galvanized steel wire ties to fasten zinc-coated steel

reinforcement.

3.6 JOINTS

A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.



B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations

indicated or as approved by Architect.

1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction

joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip

placements of floors and slabs.

2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into concrete.

3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in

girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection.

4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders

and at the top of footings or floor slabs.

5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near

corners, and in concealed locations where possible.

6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially

hardened concrete surfaces.

7. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or

partially hardened concrete surfaces.

C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning

concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-

fourth of concrete thickness as follows:

1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each

edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after

applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces.

2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive

or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting

action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random

contraction cracks.

D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab

junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and

other locations, as indicated.

1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete

surface, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) or more than 1 inch (25

mm) below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 07 Section

"Joint Sealants," are indicated.

3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is

required, lace or clip sections together.

E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate

or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.

3.7 WATERSTOPS

A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a



continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed

waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to

manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated,

according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive bonding, mechanically fastening, and

firmly pressing into place. Install in longest lengths practicable.

C. Preformed non-swelling waterstops: Install in cold joints as indicated in architectural drawings

per manufacturers written instructions. Provide 3F-302 Synco-Flex by Henry Company or

approved equal.

3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT

A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items

is complete and that required inspections have been performed.

B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved

by Architect.

C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to

limitations of ACI 301.

1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.

D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new

concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of

weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated.

Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.

1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in

a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.

2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.

3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators

vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches

(150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have

begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to

consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items

without causing mixture constituents to segregate.

E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of

construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.

1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around

reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.

2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.

3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.

4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.

5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface



plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces

before starting finishing operations.

F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from

physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low

temperatures.

1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for

three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature

range required by ACI 301.

2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on

frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.

3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical

accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.

G. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows:

1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing

water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is

calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is

Contractor's option.

2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep

subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.

3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES

A. Rough-Formed Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finish work or

by other construction, unless otherwise indicated. This is the concrete surface having the texture

imparted by the form facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and

patached and fins and other projections exceeding ¼” in height chipped off, defective areas,

honeycomb and tie holes filled and repaird with cement grout.

B. Smooth-Formed Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed to view, or that are to be covered

with a coating material applied directly to the concrete, or a covering material bonded to the

concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, painting, or other similar system, to have the as-

cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material, arranged orderly and

symmetrically with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch all defective areas including all fins,

joints, concrete or mortar splatter. Projections shall be completely removed and smoothed, and

all tie rod holes, stone pockets, wood grain marks, and holes shall be grouted flush and smoothed.

All honeycomb cut out and patched with grout and smoothed.

C. Exposed Aggregate Concrete Finish: For surfaces designated on the drawings as Detectable

Warning or other areas as required by the Architect. Aggregate shall be river gravel, smooth, ¼”

minimum to 3/8” maximum size, washed, color as selected by Architect. Cement, water,

admixtures, etc., per this section (3010). Wash concrete surfaces with water and scrub with stiff

bristle brush and/or wet concrete surfaces with water and scrub with acid etch solution exposing

aggregate. Do not expose more than 40% of aggregate surface. Prior to performing work prepare

one (1) horizontal sample panel 3’-0” x 4’-0” with full aggregate color range for review by

Architect.



D. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished as-cast concrete where indicated:

1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces

and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and

texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process.

2. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint

to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement to one and one-half parts

fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in

amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub

grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap

and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours.

3. Cork-Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix one part portland

cement and one part fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white

portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match

adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish

surface with a cork float.

E. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces

adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed

surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent

unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Chamfer edges of exposed concrete beams.

3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS

A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and

finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.

B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated

or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch (6 mm)

in 1 direction.

1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to receive concrete floor toppings and/or mortar

setting beds for bonded cementitious floor finishes .

C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or

inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat

float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture.

1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish and to be covered with fluid-applied or

sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo.

D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand

or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel

marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would

telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings.

1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring,

carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin-film-finish



coating system.

2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M), for

a randomly trafficked floor surface:

a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with

minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and of levelness, F(L) 15.

b. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with

minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs-on-

grade.

c. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with

minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 15; for

suspended slabs.

d. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 45; and of levelness, F(L) 35; with

minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 24.

3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled,

freestanding, 10-foot- (3.05-m-) long straightedge resting on 2 high spots and placed anywhere

on the surface does not exceed 1/4 inch (6 mm)

E. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry

tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly

scarify surface with a fine broom.

1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel finished floor surfaces.

F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and

elsewhere as indicated.

1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-

bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with

Architect before application.

G. Slip-Resistive Finish: Before final floating, apply slip-resistive aggregate finish where indicated

and to concrete stair treads, platforms, and ramps. Apply according to manufacturer's written

instructions and as follows:

1. Uniformly spread 25 lb/100 sq. ft. (12 kg/10 sq. m) of dampened slip-resistive aggregate over

surface in 1 or 2 applications. Tamp aggregate flush with surface, but do not force below

surface.

2. After broadcasting and tamping, apply float finish.

3. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone and water to

expose slip-resistive aggregate.

H. Dry-Shake Floor Hardener Finish: After initial floating, apply dry-shake floor hardener to

surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:

1. Uniformly apply dry-shake floor hardener at a rate of 100 lb/100 sq. ft. (49 kg/10 sq. m) unless

greater amount is recommended by manufacturer.

2. Uniformly distribute approximately two-thirds of dry-shake floor hardener over surface by

hand or with mechanical spreader, and embed by power floating. Follow power floating with

a second dry-shake floor hardener application, uniformly distributing remainder of material,



and embed by power floating.

3. After final floating, apply a trowel finish. Cure concrete with curing compound recommended

by dry-shake floor hardener manufacturer and apply immediately after final finishing.

3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS

A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after

work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-

place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete

the work.

B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green

and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and

terminations slightly rounded.

C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as

shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations,

complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment.

D. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items.

Cast-in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel-finish concrete

surfaces.

3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING

A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot

temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather

protection during curing.

B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or

windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and

during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing,

screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.

C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs,

and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms.

If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing

period.

D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces,

including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.

E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:

1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the

following materials:

a. Water.

b. Continuous water-fog spray.

c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete



surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.

2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for

curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12

inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven

days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and

waterproof tape.

a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive

floor coverings.

b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive

penetrating liquid floor treatments.

c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining

cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with

bonding of floor covering used on Project..

3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller

according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall

within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage

during curing period.

a. After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging

concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound

manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere

with bonding of floor covering used on Project.

4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous

operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat

areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24

hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during

curing period.

3.13 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS

A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment

according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete

surface repairs.

2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than 28 days old.

3. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and

repeat brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry.

Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous.

B. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to

hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.14 JOINT FILLING

A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one six month(s). Do not fill joints until

construction traffic has permanently ceased.

B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces



of joint clean and dry.

C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches (50 mm) deep in

formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.

3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS TO NEW CONCRETE

A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and

replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.

B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two

and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve, using only enough water for

handling and placing.

C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks,

spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains

and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.

1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2

inch (13 mm) in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in depth.

Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-

coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before

bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in

place with bonding agent.

2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard

portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test

area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with

patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.

3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural

performance as determined by Architect.

D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and

verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces

sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.

1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts,

honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) wide or

that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of

width, and other objectionable conditions.

2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.

3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing

operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas

to blend into adjacent concrete.

4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment.

Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written

instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match

adjacent floor elevations.

5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas

to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch (6 mm) to match adjacent floor

elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's



written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface.

6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in

diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean,

square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch (19-mm) clearance all

around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent.

Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without

coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure

in same manner as adjacent concrete.

7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar.

Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose

particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar

before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent

concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.

E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and

patching mortar.

F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval.

3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and

inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. Tests, not

specifically indicated to be done at the Owner’s expense, including the retesting of rejected

materials and installed work, shall be done at the Contractor’s expense.

B. Inspections:

1. Steel reinforcement placement.

2. Steel reinforcement welding.

3. Headed bolts and studs.

4. Verification of use of required design mixture.

5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing.

6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature.

7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs.

C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to

ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements and or as requested by

Architect or Engineer:

1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m) or

fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day.

a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests

for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly

selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.

2. Slump: ASTM C 143; 1. test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less

than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when

concrete consistency appears to change.

3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete;

ASTM C 173/C 173M, volumetric method, for structural lightweight concrete; one test for



each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.

4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40

deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each

composite sample.

5. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for

each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.

6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M.

a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each

composite sample.

b. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite

sample.

E. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39

1. Test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28

days.

a. Test one set of two field-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at

28 days.

b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set

of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age

indicated.

F. Evaluation & Acceptance

1. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-

cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures

for protecting and curing in-place concrete.

2. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three

consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength

and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by

more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa)

3. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and

Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain

Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete

testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive

strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking

strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests.

4. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may

be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of

concrete.

G. Defective Concrete

1. Exposed concrete work requires good workmanship. Remove and replace defective concrete

at discretion of Architect; adequately strengthen and resurface in a manner acceptable to

Architect at no additional cost. Architect’s and Engineer’s cost of modification, analysis,

etc. is to be borne by the contractor.





STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 1

SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Structural steel.

2. Grout.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures

and administrative requirements.

2. Division 07 “Standing Seam Metal Roof Panels”.

3. Division 09 painting Sections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC's "Code of Standard

Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," that support design loads.


A. Connections: Provide details of connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected

or completed by structural-steel fabricator to withstand loads indicated and comply with other

information and restrictions indicated.

1. Select and complete connections using AISC's "Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable

Stress Design," 13th Edition, Parts 9 & 10.

2. Engineering Responsibility: Fabricator's responsibilities include using a licensed

professional engineer to prepare structural analysis data for structural-steel connections.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components.



1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data.

2. Include embedment drawings.

3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds,

and show size, length, and type of each weld.

4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts.

Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections.

5. For structural-steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include structural

analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their

preparation.

C. Welding certificates.

D. Qualification Data: For Installer, fabricator, testing agency.

E. Mill Test Reports: Signed by manufacturers certifying that the following products comply with

requirements:

1. Structural steel including chemical and physical properties.

2. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis.

3. Direct-tension indicators.

4. Tension-control, high-strength bolt-nut-washer assemblies.

5. Shear stud connectors.

6. Shop primers.

7. Nonshrink grout.

F. Source quality-control test reports.


A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification

Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category CSE.

B. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality

Certification Program and is designated a minimum certification as an AISC Certified Plant,

Category STD.

C. Shop-Painting: qualified according to SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating

Qualifications of Shop Painting Applicators."

D. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code-

-Steel."

E. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:

1. AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."

2. AISC's "Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings" and "Supplement No. 2."

3. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic

Design. “

4. AISC's "Specification for the Design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections."

5. AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single-Angle Members."



6. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

F. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in



A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off

ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel

members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration.

1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry

or rusty before use.

2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or

overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or

structures as directed.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the

Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for

installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS

A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992.

B. Channels, Angles, M , S-Shapes:ASTM A 36, Grade 36.

C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36, Grade 36.

D. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing.

E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B.

F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements, for high strength low alloy steel, provide

electrodes, welding rods and filler metals equal in strength and compatible in appearance with

parent metal joined.

2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS

A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex

steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and

ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers.

1. Finish: Plain



B. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 (ASTM F 959M, Type 8.8,) compressible-

washer

1. Finish: Plain.

C. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold-finished

carbon steel; AWS D1.1, Type B.

D. Unheaded Anchor Rods ASTM F 1554, Grade 36.

E. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM A 307, Grade A.

2.3 PRIMER

A. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer.

B. See architectural drawings foradditional paint requirements.

2.4 GROUT

A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic

aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for

application and a 30-minute working time.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according

to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's "Specification

for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design ."

1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated.

2. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/ A 6M and maintain

markings until structural steel has been erected.

3. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly.

4. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop-

priming operations.

B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible.

1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1.

C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to

metal surfaces.

D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads.

E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC-SP 3,

"Power Tool Cleaning."



F. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors.

Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and


2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS

A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for

Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified.

1. Joint Type: Slip critical for Moment Frames, Snug Tight for all other framing, u.n.o.

B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,

appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work.

1. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth.

2. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes

without exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and

Bridges" for mill material.

3. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally

exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances.

a. Grind butt welds flush.

b. Grind or fill exposed fillet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds.

c. Touch up all welds with zinc enriched galvanizing paint.

2.7 SHOP PRIMING

A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:

1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members

to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm).

2. Surfaces to be field welded.

3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections.

4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials.

5. Galvanized surfaces.

B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter,

slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards:

1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."

2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

3. SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning."

4. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."

5. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-Off Blast Cleaning."

6. SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling."

7. SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2, "Near-White Blast Cleaning."

8. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal."

9. SSPC-SP 14/NACE No. 8, "Industrial Blast Cleaning."



C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written

instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than

1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges,

and exposed surfaces.

1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.

2. Apply two coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change

color of second coat to distinguish it from first.

D. Painting: Apply a 1-coat, nonasphaltic primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide 7.00, "Painting

System Guide 7.00: Guide for Selecting One-Coat Shop Painting Systems," to provide a dry film

thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm).

2.8 GALVANIZING

A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel

according to ASTM A 123/ A 123M.

1. Fill vent holes and grind smooth after galvanizing.

2. Galvanize lintels & shelf angles attached to structural-steel frame and located in exterior

walls.

2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and

inspections and prepare test reports.

1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural-steel work is being fabricated

or produced to perform tests and inspections.

B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the

Contract Documents.

C. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's

"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

D. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, welded connections will be tested and

inspected according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's

option:

1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.

2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld.

Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.

3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.

4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.

E. In addition to visual inspection, welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected according

to requirements in AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows:



1. Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveal either a less-than- continuous 360-

degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.

2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear

connectors already tested, according to requirements in AWS D1.1.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing

plates, and other embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance with requirements.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel

secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity

to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and

bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in-

place concrete has attained its design compressive strength.

3.3 ERECTION

A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's

"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural

Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design."

B. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing

materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of

base and bearing plates.

1. Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as

required.

2. Weld plate washers to top of base plate.

3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do

not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing

plate before packing with grout.

4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base or bearing]plates so no

voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply

with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts.

C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel

Buildings and Bridges."



D. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before

permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be

in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for

discrepancies in elevations and alignment.

1. Level and plumb individual members of structure.

2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean

temperature when structure is completed and in service.

E. Splice members only where indicated.

F. Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug

welds; and grind smooth at exposed surfaces.

G. Do not use thermal cutting during erection.

H. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be

enlarged to admit bolts.

I. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors.

Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and


3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS

A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural

Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified.

1. Joint Type: Slip critical for Moment Frames and third floor framing, Snug Tight for second

floor framing, u.n.o..

B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,

appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work.

1. Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and

"Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design"

for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on

surfaces adjacent to field welds.

2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth.

3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes

without exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and

Bridges" for mill material.

4. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally

exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances.

a. Grind butt welds flush.

b. Grind or fill exposed fillet welds to smooth profile. Dress exposed welds.

c. All exposed welds to be continuous and ground smooth.




A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to

inspect field welds and high-strength bolted connections.

B. Bolted Connections: Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's

"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."

C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1.

1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS D1.1 and the

following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:

a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.

b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished

weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted.

c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.

d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.

D. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field-welded shear connectors according to

requirements in AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows:

1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than- continuous 360-degree

flash or welding repairs to any shear connector.

2. Conduct tests on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors

already tested, according to requirements in AWS D1.1.

E. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the

Contract Documents.

3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according

to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field

connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime-painted joists and accessories, bearing

plates, and abutting structural steel.

1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool

cleaning.

2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces.

C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Division 09 painting Sections.



STEEL JOIST FRAMING 052100 - 1

SECTION 052100 - STEEL JOIST FRAMING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. K-series steel joists.2. K-series steel joist substitutes.3. LH- and DLH-series long-span steel joists.4. Joist girders.5. Joist accessories.


A. Product Data: For each type of joist, accessory, and product.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include layout, designation, number, type, location, and spacing of joists.2. Include joining and anchorage details, bracing, bridging, and joist accessories; splice and

connection locations and details; and attachments to other construction.


A. Welding certificates.

B. Manufacturer certificates.

C. Mill Certificates: For each type of bolt.


A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer certified by SJI to manufacture joists complyingwith applicable standard specifications and load tables in SJI's "Specifications."

1. Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services fordesigning special joists to comply with performance requirements.

B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify field-welding procedures and personnel according toAWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."




A. Deliver, store, and handle joists as recommended in SJI's "Specifications."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 K-SERIES STEEL JOISTS

A. Manufacture steel joists of type indicated according to "Standard Specifications for Open WebSteel Joists, K-Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel-angle top- and bottom-chord members,underslung ends, and parallel top chord.

B. Steel Joist Substitutes: Manufacture according to "Standard Specifications for Open Web SteelJoists, K-Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel-angle or -channel members.

2.2 LONG-SPAN STEEL JOISTS

A. Manufacture steel joists according to "Standard Specifications for Longspan Steel Joists, LH-Series and Deep Longspan Steel Joists, DLH-Series" in SJI's "Specifications," with steel-angletop- and bottom-chord members; of joist type and end and top-chord arrangements as indicated.

2.3 JOIST GIRDERS

A. Manufacture joist girders according to "Standard Specifications for Joist Girders" in SJI's"Specifications," with steel-angle top- and bottom-chord members; with end and top-chordarrangements as indicated.

2.4 PRIMERS

A. Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and productrequirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testingof Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale EnvironmentalChambers."

B. Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, or manufacturer's standard shop primer complying with performancerequirements in SSPC-Paint 15.

C. Primer: Provide shop primer that complies with Division 09 .

D. See architectural drawings for additional paint requirements



2.5 JOIST ACCESSORIES

A. Bridging: Provide bridging anchors and number of rows of bridging of configuration, material,size, and type required by SJI's "Specifications" for type of joist, chord size, spacing, and span.Furnish additional erection bridging if required for stability.

B. Bridging: Schematically indicated. Detail and fabricate according to SJI's "Specifications."Furnish additional erection bridging if required for stability.

C. Furnish ceiling extensions, either extended bottom-chord elements or a separate extension unit ofenough strength to support ceiling construction. Extend ends to within 1/2 inch of finished wallsurface unless otherwise indicated.

D. Carbon-Steel Bolts and Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A , carbon-steel, hex-headbolts and threaded fasteners; carbon-steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers.

1. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C

2. Retain "High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers" Paragraph below if splicing of long-spanjoists or if permanent bolted connections of joist ends using high-strength bolts arerequired.

E. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts;ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon-steel washers.

1. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C

F. Furnish miscellaneous accessories including splice plates and bolts required by joist manufacturerto complete joist assembly.

2.6 CLEANING AND SHOP PAINTING

A. Clean and remove loose scale, heavy rust, and other foreign materials from fabricated joists andaccessories.

B. Apply one coat of shop primer.

C. Shop priming of joists and joist accessories is specified in Division 09.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Do not install joists until supporting construction is in place and secured.

B. Install joists and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supportingconstruction according to SJI's "Specifications," joist manufacturer's written recommendations,and requirements in this Section.



1. Before installation, splice joists delivered to Project site in more than one piece.2. Space, adjust, and align joists accurately in location before permanently fastening.3. Install temporary bracing and erection bridging, connections, and anchors to ensure that

joists are stabilized during construction.

C. Field weld joists to supporting steel. Coordinate welding sequence and procedure with placementof joists. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and qualityof welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.

D. Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using carbon-steel bolts.

E. Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using high-strength structural bolts. Comply withResearch Council on Structural Connection's "Specification for Structural Joints UsingASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 Bolts" for high-strength structural bolt installation and tighteningrequirements.

F. Install and connect bridging concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads areapplied. Anchor ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords if terminating at walls or beams.

G. Install and connect miscellaneous angles and outriggers as indicated on the drawings.


A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency toinspect field welds and bolted connections and to perform field tests and inspections and preparetest and inspection reports.





STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS 074113.16 - 1

SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes standing-seam metal roof panels.

1. Basis for Design: Berridge Manufacturing Company. System Double Lock Zee Lock.


1. Lightning Protection Systems.

2. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.

1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, metal panel Installer, metal

panel manufacturer's representative, structural-support Installer, and installers whose work

interfaces with or affects metal panels, including installers of roof accessories and roof-

mounted equipment.

2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's

personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

3. Review methods and procedures related to metal panel installation, including


4. Examine support conditions for compliance with requirements, including alignment

between and attachment to structural members.

5. Review structural loading limitations of bar joists and framing during and after roofing.

6. Review flashings, special details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition

of other construction that affect metal panels.

7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and tests and

inspections if applicable.

8. Review temporary protection requirements for metal panel systems during and after

installation.

9. Review procedures for repair of metal panels damaged after installation.

10. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish

copy of record to each participant.




A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components

and profiles, and finishes for each type of panel and accessory.

B. Deligated-Design Submittal: For standing seam roof assembly indicated, comply with Quality

Assurance (Performance Requirements and Design Criteria), including analysis data signed and

sealed by the qualified Florida Registered Professional Engineer responsible for the preparation.

C. Shop Drawings:

1. Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal panels; details of edge conditions,

joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and

accessories; and special details.

2. Accessories: Include details of the flashing, trim, and anchorage systems, at a scale of not

less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size

indicated below.

1. Metal Panels: 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include clips, fasteners, closures, and

other metal panel accessories.

E. Florida Product Approvals or Florida Notice of Acceptance.


A. Qualification Data: For Installer.

B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

C. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For metal panels to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and

approved by manufacturer.

B. UL-Certified, Portable Roll-Forming Equipment: UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment

capable of producing metal panels warranted by manufacturer to be the same as factory-formed

products. Maintain UL certification of portable roll-forming equipment for duration of work.



C. Design Wind Loads (Performance Criteria & Design Criteria): Determine design wind loads

applicable to project from wind speeds indicated on drawings according to ASCE7-10, based on

mean roof and heights above grade indicated on drawings. Design standing seam panels, roof

clips, fasteners, closures, trim, miscellaneous sub framing and furring (if required to shorten

spans) for a complete fully functioning and installed system compatible to the structural bar joists

and framing indicated on the drawings. Design standing-seam metal roof panels assembly to

comply and conform to structural roof framing as indicated on the drawings. Provide additional

steel framing as required for a complete working functioning roof system if span conditions

shown are not adequate for this roof system.

D. Provide systems and components compiling with Florida Product Approval or Florida Notice of

Acceptance.


A. Deliver components, metal panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or

deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling.

B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and

surface damage.

C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and

ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of

water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting,

or other surface damage.

D. Retain strippable protective covering on metal panels during installation.


A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather

conditions permit assembly of metal panels to be performed according to manufacturers' written

instructions and warranty requirements.

1.10 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sizes and locations of lightning protection components, and roof penetrations with

actual components provided.

B. Coordinate metal panel installation with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and other adjoining

work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

1.11 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace

components of metal panel systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified

warranty period.



1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing.

b. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering.

2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees

to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied

finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244.

b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214.

c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

C. Special Weathertightness Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees

to repair or replace standing-seam metal roof panel assemblies that fail to remain weathertight,

including leaks, within specified warranty period.


D. Installer Warranty: Installers standard form in which installer agrees to repair materials and

workmanship for water tightness, weather tightness and all leaks. Installer shall assure weather

tightness and wter tightness of the roof without cost to the Owner.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the

following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

2. Dead and live loads.

3. Comply with Quality Assurance Design Wind Loads.

B. Air Infiltration: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. (0.3 L/s per sq. m) when tested

according to ASTM E 1680.

C. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No water penetration when tested according to

ASTM E 1646.



D. Hydrostatic Head Resistance: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E2140.

E. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind-

uplift-resistance class indicated.

1. Uplift Rating: UL 90.

F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature

changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint

sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface

temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): Ambient temperatures typical of project site.

G. Design Wind Loads: As also indicated in Quality Assurance.

2.2 STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS

A. General: Provide factory-formed metal roof panels designed to be installed by lapping and

interconnecting raised side edges of adjacent panels with joint type indicated and mechanically

attaching panels to supports using concealed clips in side laps. Include clips, cleats, pressure

plates, and accessories required for weathertight installation.

1. Steel Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with

ASTM E 1514.

B. Vertical-Rib, Seamed-Joint, Standing-Seam Metal Roof: Formed with vertical ribs at panel edges

and between ribs; designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to

supports using concealed clips located under one side of panels, engaging opposite edge of

adjacent panels, and mechanically seaming panels together.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements. Manufacturers offering

products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to the following:

Berridge Manufacturing Company, Englert, Inc., McElroy Metal.

2. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with

ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation; structural quality. Prepainted by

the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.

a. Nominal Thickness: 24 gage minimum.

b. Exterior Finish: Kynar 500, Hylar 5000 Fluoropolymer Coating or Permacolor 3500

Full Strength 70% Kynar 500 Fluorocarbon Coating, Manufacturer’s standard

preparation and primers compatible with finish coat.

c. Provide coating on bottom side of panel: Manufacturer’s standard.

d. Color: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer’s full range.

3. Clips: One-piece fixed to accommodate thermal movement.



a. Material: As required for compliance with performance criteria thickness,

aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet.

4. Joint Type: Mechanically seamed 180 degree seam.

5. Panel Coverage: As determined by Manufacturer for compliance with performance criteria.

6. Panel Height: 2.0 inches minimum.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating

designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for

support and alignment of metal panel system.

1. Structural Framing: Match as indicated on drawings or as required to comply with

Delegated Design Submittal.

2. Additional structural framing, if required, shall be included by Contractor in the base bid.

B. Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete, weathertight panel system

including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets,

fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal panels unless

otherwise indicated.

1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal panels.

2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material

recommended by manufacturer.

3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or

closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch-thick, flexible closure strips; cut or

premolded to match metal panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or

necessary to ensure weathertight construction.

C. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as

required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are

not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish

flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels.

D. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws designed to withstand design loads.

E. Panel Sealants: Provide sealant type recommended by manufacturer that are compatible with

panel materials, are nonstaining, and do not damage panel finish.

1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound

sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic,

nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.

2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane or silicone sealant; of type, grade,

class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal panels and remain

weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer.

3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311.



2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's

standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements

demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and

structural requirements.

B. On-Site Fabrication: Subject to compliance with requirements of this Section, metal panels may

be fabricated on-site using UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment if panels are of same

profile and warranted by manufacturer to be equal to factory-formed panels. Fabricate according

to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and to comply with details shown.

C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length

of panel.

D. Fabricate metal panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide

a weathertight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that minimize noise from movements.

E. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's

recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that

apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated.

1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and

tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to

form hems.

2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-

lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.

3. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate sealant

and to comply with SMACNA standards.

4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not

allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view.

5. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored

or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended in writing by metal panel

manufacturer.

a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal

panel manufacturer for application, but not less than thickness of metal being

secured.

2.5 FINISHES

A. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a

strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are

acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in

same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they

are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

C. Steel Panels and Accessories:



1. Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 Flouropolymer Coating.

2. Concealed Finish (Underside): Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or

light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish consisting of prime coat and wash coat.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with

requirements for installation tolerances, metal panel supports, and other conditions affecting

performance of the Work.

1. Examine primary and secondary roof framing to verify that rafters, purlins, angles,

channels, and other structural panel support members and anchorages have been installed

within alignment tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer.

B. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal panels to verify actual

locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal panels before installation.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support

members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal panel manufacturer's written

recommendations.

3.3 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION

A. General: Install metal panels according to manufacturer's written instructions in orientation, sizes,

and locations indicated. Install panels perpendicular to supports unless otherwise indicated.

Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for

thermal and structural movement.

1. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal panels.

2. Flash and seal metal panels at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.

Do not begin installation until air- or water-resistive barriers and flashings that will be

concealed by metal panels are installed.

3. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes.

4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment.

5. Install flashing and trim as metal panel work proceeds.

6. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices

and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition.

7. Align bottoms of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping screws.

Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws.

8. Provide weathertight escutcheons for pipe- and conduit-penetrating panels.



B. Fasteners:

1. Steel Panels: Use stainless-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior; use

galvanized-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior.

C. Anchor Clips: Anchor metal roof panels and other components of the Work securely in place,

using manufacturer's approved fasteners according to manufacturers' written instructions.

D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect

against galvanic action as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer.

E. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panel Installation: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with

concealed clips at each standing-seam joint at location, spacing, and with fasteners recommended

in writing by manufacturer.

1. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners.

2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation

instructions.

3. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved, motorized seamer tool

so clip, metal roof panel, and factory-applied sealant are completely engaged.

4. Watertight Installation:

a. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant or tape to seal joints of metal panels, using

sealant or tape as recommend in writing by manufacturer as needed to make panels

watertight.

b. Provide sealant or tape between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and

accessories.

c. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch end lap, sealed with sealant and

fastened together by interlocking clamping plates.

F. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight

mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other

components.

1. Install components required for a complete metal panel system including trim, copings,

corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.

Provide types indicated by metal roof panel manufacturers; or, if not indicated, types

recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.

G. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation

instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners

where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and

seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.

1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without buckling and tool marks, and that is true

to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet

metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and achieve waterproof and weather-resistant

performance.

2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space

movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner

or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be



sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing

hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within

joints).

H. Roof Curbs: Install flashing around bases where they meet metal roof panels.

I. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and metal roof panels. Fasten and seal to

metal roof panels as recommended by manufacturer.

3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal panel units within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in

20 feet on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and

of alignment of matching profiles.


A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and

inspect metal roof panel installation, including accessories. Report results in writing.

B. Remove and replace applications of metal roof panels where tests and inspections indicate that

they do not comply with specified requirements.

C. Additional tests and inspections, at Contractor's expense, are performed to determine compliance

of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed,

unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of

metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

Maintain in a clean condition during construction.

B. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by

finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

END OF SECTION 074113.16


SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 1

SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Formed roof-drainage sheet metal fabrications for downspouts, gutters and related brackets

and fasteners.


1. Section 74113.16 “Standing Seam Metal Roof Panels”.

2. Section 09913 “Exterior Painting” for field painting gutters and downspouts.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials,

joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.


A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components

and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory.

B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.

2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details.

Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work.

3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location

in Project.

4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions.

5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of

fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams.

6. Include details of termination points and assemblies.

7. Include details of expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, including showing direction

of expansion and contraction from fixed points.

8. Include details of roof-penetration flashing.



9. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, and

counterflashings as applicable.

10. Include details of special conditions.

11. Include details of connections to adjoining work.

12. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than.

C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For metal gutters and downspouts assemblies indicated to comply

with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by

the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.


A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employ skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and

trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-

service performance.


A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might

cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials

away from uncured concrete and masonry.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural

movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to

defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet

metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.

B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet

Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent

requirements are indicated.

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature

changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint

sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface

temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change: Ambient temperatures typical of project site.

D. Delegated-Design: Design metal gutters and downspout assemblies including comprehensive

engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and

design criteria indicated.



E. Structural Performance: Provide metal gutters and downspout assemblies capable of withstanding

the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions

indicated, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592:

1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on the following minimum design wind pressures:

a. Uniform pressure as indicated on Drawings.

2. Field paint.

2.2 SHEET METALS

A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage.

B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet according to

ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40.

1. Surface: Smooth, flat or Embossed and mill phosphatized for field painting and with

manufacturer's standard clear acrylic coating on both sides.

2. Field Paint.


A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other

miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as

recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal unless otherwise indicated.

B. Fasteners: Stainless steel: Screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets

and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by

manufacturer of primary sheet metal.

1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.

a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or

factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under

heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal.

b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal

being fastened.

2. Fasteners for Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-

dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.

C. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with

release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, non-sag, nontoxic, non-staining tape 1/2 inch

wide and 1/8 inch thick.

D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade,

class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain

watertight.



E. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant;

polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited

movement.

F. Sealant Color: To submit from full range of manufacturer’s colors.

G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187.

2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and

recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal

thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in

shop to greatest extent possible.

1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with

performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal.

2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.

3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling,

and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form

hems.

4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners

on faces exposed to view.

5. Refer to drawings for minimum requirements.

B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a

tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-

inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to

tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing."

D. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled

with butyl sealant concealed within joints.

2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

E. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for

proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard.

F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from

compatible, noncorrosive metal.

G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal

standard for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

H. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric

sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use.Rivet joints

where necessary for strength.



I. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

2.5 ROOF-DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section required, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and

other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections. Furnish flat-stock

gutter brackets and flat-stock gutter spacers and straps fabricated from same metal as gutters, of

size recommended by cited sheet metal standard but with thickness not less than dimension

indicated on Drawings. Fabricate expansion joints, expansion-joint covers,[ gutter bead

reinforcing bars,] and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters.

1. Gutter Profile: As indicated on drawings and according to cited sheet metal standard.

2. Expansion Joints: Butt type with cover plate.

3. Accessories: Wire-ball downspout strainer.

4. Gutters with Girth 31 to 35 Inches: Fabricate from the following materials:

a. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 20 Gage thick.

B. Downspouts: Fabricate round downspouts to dimensions indicated, complete with adjustable

elbows. Furnish with metal hangers from same material as downspouts and anchors. Shop

fabricate elbows.

1. Fabricated Hanger Style: As indicated on drawings according to SMACNA's

"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."

2. Fabricate from the following materials:

a. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: As indicated on drawings.

b. 24 gage thick.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with

requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of

the Work.

1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates.

2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely

anchored.

3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing

substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.


3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in

place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, protective coatings,



separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing

and trim system.

1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat

seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.

2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance.

Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.

3. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling

and tool marks.

4. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.

5. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-

treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting

contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by

sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard.

C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space

movement joints at maximum of 60 feet maximum with no joints within 24 inches of corner or

intersection.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled

with sealant concealed within joints.

2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes as indicated on the drawings and as required to secure assembly

from wind loads indicated on the drawings.

E. Seal joints as required for watertight construction.

1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint

members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When

ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 degrees F, set joint

members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation

at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40

degrees F.

2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint

Sealants."

F. Rivets: Rivet joints where necessary for strength; provide stainless steel.

3.3 ROOF-DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal roof-drainage items to produce complete roof-drainage system

according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof

perimeter flashing with installation of roof-drainage system.

B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion.

Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchor them in position. Provide end closures and seal

watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts.



1. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter.

2. Anchor gutter with gutter brackets spaced not more 36 inches apart to structure, unless

otherwise indicated, and loosely fastened to front gutter.

3. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 60 feet apart.

Install expansion-joint caps.

C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints.

1. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to structure. Locate

hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c.

2. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building.

D. Expansion-Joint Covers: Install expansion-joint covers at locations and of configuration

indicated. Lap joints minimum of 4 inches in direction of water flow.

3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance

of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset

of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

B. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerances

specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing."

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean off excess sealants.

C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are

installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On

completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean

finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet

metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction.

D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond

successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.



JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1

SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Silicone joint sealants.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants

showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.

C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with

joint sealants in 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide joints formed between two 6-inch- (150-mm-) long

strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.

D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:

1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation.

2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name.

3. Joint-sealant formulation.

4. Joint-sealant color.

E. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating

the following:

1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for

compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.

F. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.


A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved

for installation of units required for this Project.



B. Source Limitations: Obtain each kind of joint sealant from single source from single

manufacturer.

C. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated

to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified

in this Section.


A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:

1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-

sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg C).

2. When joint substrates are wet.

3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for

applications indicated.

4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from

joint substrates.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealant

manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with

performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: manufacturer's standard number of years from date of Substantial

Completion.

B. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from

the following:

1. Movement of the structure caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design

or construction resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written

specifications for sealant elongation and compression.

2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications.

3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.

4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric

contaminants.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible

with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as

demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.



B. Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each joint sealant

specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses

related to exposure and joint substrates.

C. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous

substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have

not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project.

D. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS

A. Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S,

Grade NS, Class 100/50, for Use NT.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790.

b. GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700.

c. Pecora Corporation; 301 NS.

d. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; SikaSil-C990.

e. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 1.

2.3 JOINT SEALANT BACKING

A. General: Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint

substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated

by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin),

Type O (open-cell material), Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), or any of the

preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application

indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing

optimum sealant performance.

C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant

manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint

surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.


A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of

sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate

tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and

sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming



joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum

adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces

adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with

requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-

sealant performance.


3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply

with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:

1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint

sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and

approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint

sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.

2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination

of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond

with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by

vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates

include the following:

a. Concrete.

3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.

4. Remove any existing sealant and backing.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as

indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to

comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-

sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with

adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or

by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling

without disturbing joint seal.



3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products

and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint

sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position

required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths

that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.

2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.

3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and

replace them with dry materials.

4. Allow minimum of one hour between installation of backings and installation of sealant.

D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants

and backs of joints.

E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time

backings are installed:

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.

2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.

3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow

optimum sealant movement capability.

F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing

begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth,

uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and

adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.

1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.

2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not

discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.

3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Provide flush joint profile where indicated per Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193.

5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated per

Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193.

a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints.


A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:



1. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand

Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in

ASTM C 1521.

a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately;

extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for

opposite side.

2. Inspect tested joints and report on the following:

a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids.

b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements.

c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint

substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of

product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes

sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria.

3. Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were installed,

names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were

primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration, and

sealant dimensions.

4. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures

used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new

sealant contacts original sealant.

B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing

or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove

sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements.

Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods

and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products

in which joints occur.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances

and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without

deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage

or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately

so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.

3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE

A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces.



1. Joint Locations:

a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete (contraction joint and expansion joint

details).



PAINTING 099113 - 1

SECTION 099113 - PAINTING 1

2

3

PART 1 - GENERAL 4

5

6

RELATED DOCUMENTS 7

8

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 9

1 Specification sections, apply to this section. 10

11

12

SUMMARY 13

14

This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items and 15

surfaces. 16

17

Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this section are in addition to shop priming 18

and surface treatment specified under other sections. 19

20

Paint exposed surfaces except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be 21

painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint 22

the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate 23

colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors and 24

finishes available. 25

26

27

Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces (except where 28

indicated), operating parts, and labels. 29

30

Prefinished items not to be painted include the following factory-finished components: 31

32

Chain-link fences. 33

Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. 34

Hose reels. 35

Roof panels. 36

37

Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: 38

39

Anodized aluminum. 40

Stainless steel. 41

Chromium plate. 42

Copper. 43

Bronze. 44

Brass. 45

46


PAINTING 099113 - 2

Operating parts not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment such as the following: 1

2

Valve and damper operators. 3

Linkages. 4

Sensing devices. 5

Motor and fan shafts. 6

7

Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code-required labels 8

or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 9

10

Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 11

12

Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for shop priming structural steel. 13

14

Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming ferrous metal. 15

16

Division 5 Section “Steel Joist Framing” for shop priming structural steel. 17

18

Division 7 Section “Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim for field painting coordination. 19

20

21

DEFINITIONS 22

23

"Paint" includes coating systems materials, primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other 24

applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. 25

26

General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 27

28

Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-degree 29

meter. 30

31

Eggshell refers to low-sheen with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60-degree 32

meter. 33

34

Satin refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60-degree 35

meter. 36

37

Semi-gloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 38

60-degree meter. 39

40

Full-gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60-degree 41

meter. 42

43

SUBMITTALS 44

45

General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification 46


PAINTING 099113 - 3

Sections. 1

2

Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information, label analysis, and application instructions for each 3

material proposed for use. Paint Schedule with manufacturer’s product numbers for pretreatment, prime and 4

finish coats, if different than those indicated. 5

6

List each material and cross-reference the specific coating and finish system and application. Identify 7

each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 8

9

Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts. 10

11

After color selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. 12

13

Samples for verification purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to 14

simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. Define each separate coat, 15

including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit 16

until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 17

18

Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to 19

location and application. 20

21

Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: 22

23

Concrete: Provide two 4-inch-square samples for each color and finish. 24

25

Ferrous Metal: Provide two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8-inch-long samples of 26

solid metal for each color and finish. 27

28

Non Ferrous Metal: Provide two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8-inch long samples 29

of solid metal for each color and finish. 30

31

Zinc-coated Metal: Provide two 4" square samples of flat metal and two 8" long samples of solid 32

metal for each color and finish. 33

34

QUALITY ASSURANCE 35

36

Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as 37

the finish coats. 38

39

Applicator Qualifications: Limited to those companies who have successfully completed Painting applications 40

of the type and size of this project. Submit references to substantiate qualifications if requested. 41

42

Coordination of Work: Review other sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the 43

total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to 44

ensure use of compatible primers. 45

46


PAINTING 099113 - 4

Notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the materials specified. 1

2

Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types 3

specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be 4

acceptable. 5

6

Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products 7

named are required or to exclude equal products of other manufacturers. 8

9

10

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11

12

Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing 13

manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 14

15

Product name or title of material. 16

Product description (generic classification or binder type). 17

Federal Specification number, if applicable. 18

Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 19

Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 20

Thinning instructions. 21

Application instructions. 22

Color name and number. 23

24

Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at minimum ambient 25

temperature of 45 degrees F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign 26

materials and residue. 27

28

Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to 29

ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from 30

handling, mixing and application. 31

32

33

JOB CONDITIONS 34

35

Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air 36

temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C) during the entire drying cycle. 37

38

Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air 39

temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C) during the entire drying cycle. 40

41

Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at 42

temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces. 43

44

Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and 45

heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. 46


PAINTING 099113 - 5

1

Remove all accumulation of debris, trash, refuse and other foreign objects prior to blasting steel surfaces 2

and painting. 3

4

Provide protection from blast process. Provide control of blast debris from Owner’s operation and use of site 5

and facility. 6

7

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 8

9

10

GENERAL 11

Material Compatibility: 12

Provide materials for use within each coating system that are compatible with one another and 13

substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, 14

based on testing and field experience. 15

Material Quality: Provide manufacturer’s best-quality paint material of the various coating types 16

specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer’s product identification will not be 17

acceptable. 18

19

Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer’s proprietary product names to designate colors or 20

materials is not intended to imply that products names are required to be used to the 21

exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer’s material 22

data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. 23

24

Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect. 25

26

Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in a coating system. 27

28

MANUFACTURERS 29

30

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may 31

be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following: 32

33

34

PPG Industries, Pittsburgh Paints (Pittsburgh). 35

Sherwin-Williams Company (S-W). 36

Scott Paint Corporation (Scott). 37

38


40

41

EXAMINATION 42

43

Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with requirements 44


PAINTING 099113 - 6

for application of paint. Do not begin paint application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 1

and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2

3

Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a 4

particular area. 5

6

The presence of all dust, dirt, mildew and other foreign materials that interfere with paint adhesion 7

shall be removed prior to application of paint and/or other primer coatings. These foreign materials 8

shall be included in the phrase “unsatisfactory conditions” 9

10

Coordination of Work: Review other sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the 11

total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to 12

ensure use of compatible primers 13

14

Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed 15

by others 16

17

Inspect and thoroughly examine all surfaces to be painted prior to the commencement of any work. All 18

work shall be scheduled and coordinated in such a manner that one phase of operation shall not interfere 19

with another. Notify the project manager in writing of conditions that will adversely affect the satisfactory 20

execution of the work including the presence of all dust, dirt and other foreign materials and immediately 21

correct such condition at no charge if the defect was, or would have been, reasonable apparent during pre-22

bid inspection 23

24

25

PREPARATION 26

27

General Procedures: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting 28

fixtures, and similar items in place that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to 29

surface preparation and painting. Remove these items if necessary for complete painting of the items and 30

adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled 31

by workers skilled in the trades involved. 32

33

After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers 34

skilled in the trades involved 35

36

Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil, curing compounds, grease 37

and any substance that could impair the bond or adhesion of the various coatings. Schedule cleaning 38

and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly 39

painted surfaces. Remove dust residue from the gypsum board sanding procedure. 40

41

Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on 42

wet, newly painted surfaces. 43

44


PAINTING 099113 - 7

NOTE: Adhesion tests (ASTM-D-3359 A) will be conducted. Failure of adhesion of paints and/or primers 1

applied over gypsum board that has not been appropriately prepared will indicate the necessity of removal 2

of non-adhering coatings, cleaning the gypsum surface and re-painting per this specification. 3

4

5

Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's 6

instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 7

8

Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing of 9

problems anticipated with using the specified finish-coat material with substrates primed by others. 10

11

Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, 12

and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve 13

curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. 14

15

Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer. 16

17

Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are 18

sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, correct this condition before 19

application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's 20

printed directions. 21

22

Ferrous Metals: Clean nongalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, 23

grease, dirt, loose mill scale, all mill scale and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning 24

methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. 25

26

Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and according to 27

requirements of SSPC-SP 5. 28

29

Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before 30

priming. 31

32

Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, clean with 33

solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop 34

coat. 35

36

Galvanized/Galvalume/Zinc Coated Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non- petroleum-based solvents 37

so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal 38

fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. 39

40

Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with manufacturer's 41

directions. 42

43

Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign 44

materials and residue. 45

46


PAINTING 099113 - 8

Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during 1

application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material 2

before using. 3

4

Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. 5

6

Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of 7

the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient 8

differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 9

10

11

APPLICATION 12

13

Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for 14

substrate and type of material being applied. 15

16

Paint colors, surface treatments and finishes are indicated in the schedule. 17

18

Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions detrimental to 19

formation of a durable paint film. 20

21

Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 22

23

The term ”exposed surfaces” includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles and 24

similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system 25

integrity and provide desired protection. 26

27

Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. 28

29

Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or 30

furniture with prime coat only. 31

32

Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or 33

grilles. 34

35

Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 36

37

Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and side edges the same as exterior faces. 38

39

Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. 40

41

TESTING 42

43

Provide and perform an adhesion test (cross-cut/crosshatch) for galvanized/galvalume/zinc surfaces 44

after priming with 692 product. Do not proceed with test until primer has thoroughly dried. If test 45

fails then remove defective product, prep with denatured alcohol and prime a repeat test. Test 46


PAINTING 099113 - 9

method suitable to conditions and substrate ASTM D3359 ISO2409. 1

2

Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared 3

for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 4

5

The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. 6

Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the 7

manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer’s 8

written instructions, sand between applications. 9

10

Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 11

12

If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats 13

until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, 14

corners, crevices, welds and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat 15

surfaces. 16

17

Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until 18

pant has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure 19

and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose 20

adhesion. 21

22

Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray or other applicators 23

according to manufacturer’s written instructions. 24

25

Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for 26

the surface or item being painted. 27

28

Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back or high-pile sheep’s wool as recommended by the 29

manufacturer for the material and texture required. 30

31

Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the 32

manufacturer for the material and texture required. 33

34

35

Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in 36

equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. 37

38

Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading 39

rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as indicated. 40

41

Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as recommended by the 42

manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and has not been prime coated by others. 43

Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to 44

assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 45

46


PAINTING 099113 - 10

Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling 1

such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. 2

3

Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, 4

color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or 5

other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. 6

7

Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint 8

work not in compliance with specified requirements. 9

10

11

THE FOLLOWING MECHANICAL ITEMS REQUIRE FIELD PAINTING: 12

13

Uninsulated steel pipe that is exterior to the building or exposed in mechanical or other rooms. This would 14

include, but not be limited to: condenser water piping, blow-down and drain piping, and gas piping. 15

16

Angle iron supports and miscellaneous iron supports for piping or equipment when the support is exposed. 17

This should include supports for gutters and downspouts. 18

19

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 20

21

The Architect reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the 22

Architect deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied: 23

24

The Contractor shall engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint 25

material being used. Samples of material delivered to the project will be taken, identified, sealed 26

and certified in the presence of the Contractor. 27

28

The testing laboratory will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as required by the 29

Owner: 30

31

Quantitative materials analysis. 32

Abrasion resistance. 33

Apparent reflectivity. 34

Flexibility. 35

Washability. 36

Absorption. 37

Accelerated weathering. 38

Dry opacity. 39

Accelerated yellowness. 40

Recoating. 41

Skinning. 42

Color retention. 43

Alkali and mildew resistance. 44

45

If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor 46



may be directed to stop painting, remove noncompliant paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated 1

with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, upon repainting 2

with specified paint, the two coatings are incompatible. 3

4

Minimum Coating Thickness Per Coat: Apply material at not less than the manufacturer’s recommended 5

spread rate nor less than the following DFT: 6

7

931Encapsulon Epoxymastic Primer is to be applied at a rate of 200 square feet per gallon at 6.0 8

mils dry. 9

420 Ultra Super Coat Velevet 2.0 mils dry. 10

430 Ultra Super Coat Semi-Gloss 2.5 mils dry 11

540 Poly-Thane Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel 2.3 mils dry. 12

13

14

CLEANING 15

16

Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint 17

materials from the site. 18

19

Upon completion of painting, clean paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and 20

scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 21

22

Upon completion of blast process each day clean and remove blast debris from area impacted. 23

24

PROTECTION 25

26

Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by 27

cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. 28

29

Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings 30

provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. 31

32

At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted 33

surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1/. 34

35

Provide protection and containment from blast process. Provide control of blast debris from Owner’s 36

operations and use of site and facility. 37

38

EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE 39

40

General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates indicated in this section and indicated 41

at locations identified in the drawings. 42

43

The following systems are based on Scott Paint Corporation (Scott) names, numbers, and materials (unless 44

indicated otherwise) but are not intended to imply that Scott Paint products are required to the exclusion of 45

other products of other manufacturers meeting the requirements of this section. 46



1

2

Concrete: 3

4

Acrylic Finish: 1 finish coat over primer/sealer. 5

6

Prime: 692 Aqua Seal, White 7

First Coat: 420 Ultra 100% Acrylic Velvet Supercoat 8

9

New concrete shall be primed with 405 Hot Stucco Primer. 10

11

This system shall be mildew, fade and sulfide stain resistant and shall provide a minimum 5-year 12

labor and material warranty. 13

14

Non Ferrous Metals: 15

16

Acrylic Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a metal primer 17

18

Primer: 692 Aqua Seal, White 19

First Coat: 430 100% Acrylic Semi-gloss 20

Second Coat: 430 100% Acrylic Semi-gloss 21

22

Ferrous Metal/Ferrous Metal Shop Primed: 23

24

Acrylic Aliphatic Urethane Gloss Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over 2 coats metal epoxy primer. 25

26

Prep: Solvent, wipe with Exlene or MEK 27

First Coat: 931 Encapsulon Epoxy Mastic Primer 28

Second Coat: 931 Encapsulon Epoxy Mastic Primer 29

Third Coat: 7500 Acrylic Aliphatic Gloss Enamel 30

Fourth Coat: 7500 Acrylic Aliphatic Gloss Enamel 31

32

33

Zinc Coated & Galvalume Metal: 34

35

Acrylic Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a galvanized metal primer 36

. 37

38

Prep: Solvent Clean with denatured alcohol 39

Primer: 692 Aqua Seal, White 40

First Coat: 430 100% Acrylic Semi-gloss 41

Second Coat: 430 100% Acrylic Semi-gloss 42

43



SITE CLEARING 311000 - 1

SECTION 311000 - SITE CLEARING

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain.

2. Removing existing vegetation.


1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utility services,

construction and support facilities, security and protection facilities.

2. Division 01 Section "Execution" for field engineering and surveying.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of organic

matter and soil organisms.

B. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project site. In

undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil; but in disturbed areas such as urban

environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.

C. Topsoil: Top layer of the soil profile consisting of existing native surface topsoil or existing in-

place surface soil and is the zone where plant roots grow. Its appearance is generally friable,

pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably

free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter;

and free of subsoil and weeds, roots, toxic materials, or other nonsoil materials.

D. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other

vegetation to be protected during construction, and as indicated on Drawings.

E. Vegetation: Trees, shrubs, groundcovers, grass, and other plants.



1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP

A. Except for stripped topsoil and other materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise remain

Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed

from Project site.



A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied

or used facilities during site-clearing operations.

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without

permission from authorities having jurisdiction and as indicated on the contract documents.

2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities

having jurisdiction and as indicated on the contract documents.

B. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site

clearing.

C. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation-control

measures required by the authorities having jurisdiction are in place.

D. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:

1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material.

2. Parking vehicles or equipment.

3. Foot traffic.

4. Erection of sheds or structures.

5. Impoundment of water.

6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.

7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise

indicated.

E. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones.

F. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones.

G. Soil Stripping, Handling, and Stockpiling: Perform only when the topsoil is dry or slightly moist.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction.

B. Locate and clearly identify trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated. Wrap

a 1-inch (25-mm) blue vinyl tie tape flag around each tree trunk at 54 inches (1372 mm) above

the ground.

3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

A. Provide temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures to prevent soil erosion and

discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties waterways and

walkways, according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity

do not enter or cross protection zones.

C. Inspect, maintain, and repair erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction

until permanent vegetation has been established.

D. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during

removal.

3.3 EXISTING UTILITIES

A. Locate, identify, disconnect, and remove utility lines discovered on the project site.

B. Interrupting Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by others

unless permitted by the utility company.

3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING

A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to permit installation of new

construction.

1. Do not remove any vegetation other than that required for work indicated.

2. Use only hand methods for grubbing within protection zones as indicated on the drawings.

B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless

further excavation or earthwork is indicated.

1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches (200 mm),

and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground.



3.5 TOPSOIL STRIPPING

A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.

B. Strip topsoil in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste

materials.

1. Remove subsoil and nonsoil materials from topsoil, including clay lumps, gravel, and other

objects more than 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter; trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other waste

materials.

3.6 SITE IMPROVEMENTS

A. This site has a buried liner, no excavation or penetration of top of soil shall be performed without

the presence of the Owner.

B. Provide Architect 48 hours (2 working days) written notice prior to any excavation or penetration

of top soil and sod.

C. Hand dug testing shall be required and as directed by Architect.

D. Any damage to the existing liner will be repaired by the Contractor at Contractor’s cost.

3.7 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS

A. Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste

materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.



CHAIN LINK FENCES 323113 - 1

SECTION 323113 - CHAIN LINK FENCES 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 5 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS 7 8 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and 9 Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 10 11 Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 12 13 Division 1 Section “Temporary Facilities” for recycling of construction waste material. 14 15 Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for filling and grading work. 16 17 Division 3 Section "Concrete Work" for concrete for post footings. 18 19 SUBMITTALS 20 21 General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification 22 Sections. 23 24 Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and installation instructions for 25 fence posts, fabric and accessories. 26 27 Delegated-Design Submittal: For chain link fence assembly indicated, comply with Quality Assurance 28 (Performance Requirements and Design Criteria), including design and analysis data signed and sealed 29 by the qualified Florida Registered Professional Engineer responsible for their preparation. 30 31 Shop drawings showing location of fence, each post, and details of post installation, extension arms, 32 gate swing, hardware, and accessories complying with design wind loads (Performance Requirements 33 and Design Criteria).. 34 35 36 QUALITY ASSURANCE 37 38 Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain chain link fences and gates as complete units, including necessary 39 erection accessories, fittings, and fastenings from a single source or manufacturer. 40 41



No Die Cast Fittings are allowed. 1 2 Design Wind Loads (Performance Criteria & Design Criteria): Determine design wind loads applicable 3 to Project from wind speeds indicated on drawings according to ASCE 7-10, based on mean roof 4 heights above grade indicated on Drawings. Design chain link assembly including, but not limited to, 5 posts, post footings, post weld plates (including weld plates and embed bolts and plates) intermediate 6 posts, fabric, framing members, terminal posts, tension wire stretcher bars, rails, fittings, accessories and 7 all other components for a complete fully installed functioning system. 8

1. Connections to existing structure to be done in such a manner as to not receive load from 9 existing structure. 10

2. Framing members, fabric, fittings and accessories indicated are minimum requirements. 11 Components Sizing: Comply with requirements of this section. 12

13 Wind Loads: As indicated on drawings. 14 15 PART 2 - PRODUCT 16 17 MANUFACTURERS 18 19 Structural Performance: Provide a chain link fence system capable of withstanding the effects of the 20 following loads: 21

1. Wind loads. 22 2. Dead and live loads. 23 3. Comply with Quality Assurance Design Wind Loads. 24

25 Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes 26 by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, 27 failure of connections and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of 28 materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 29

1. Temperature Change (Range): Ambient temperatures typical of the project site. 30 31 Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products 32 that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 33



Galvanized Steel Fencing and Fabric: 1 Allied Tube and Conduit Corp. 2 American Chain Link Fence Company 3 American Tube Company 4 Anchor Fence, Inc. 5 Capitol Wire and Fence Co., Inc. 6 Century Tube Corp. 7 Cyclone Fence Div./USX Corp. 8 9 FABRIC 10 11 Selvage: Fabric 60 inches high and over with 2-inch mesh shall be twisted at both selvages; all mesh 12 shall be knuckled at top and bottom selvage. 13 14 Steel Fabric: Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (CLFMI) Product Manual. Furnish 15 one-piece fabric widths for fencing up to 12 feet high. Wire size includes zinc or aluminum coating. 16 17 Size; 2-inch mesh, 9-gage (0.148-inch diameter) wire, minimum. 18 19 Galvanized Steel Finish: ASTM A 392, Class 2, with not less than 2.0 oz. zinc per sq. ft. of uncoated 20 wire surface. 21 22 FRAMING 23 24 Strength requirements for posts and rails conforming to ASTM F 669 and as required to comply with 25 Delegated Design Criteria. 26 27 Pipe shall be straight, true to section, material, and sizes specified, and shall conform to the following 28 weights per foot (minimum): 29 30 NPS in Outside Diameter Type I 31 inches (OD) in inches Steel 32 33 1 1.315 1.68 34 1-1/4 1.660 2.27 35 1-1/2 1.900 2.72 36 2 2.375 3.65 37 2-1/2 2.875 5.79 38 3 3.500 7.58 39 3-1/2 4.000 9.11 40 4 4.500 10.79 41



6 6.625 18.97 1 8 8.625 28.55 2 3 Steel Framework, General: Posts, rails and braces. 4 5 Type I Pipe: Hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe conforming to ASTM F 1083, plain ends, standard 6 weight (schedule 40), minimum, with not less than 1.8 oz. zinc per sq. ft. of surface area coated. 7 8 End, corner, and pull posts for following fabric heights (minimum): 9 10 Up to 6 feet: 2.375-inch OD Type I steel pipe, 3.65 lbs per lin. foot. 11 12 Over 6 feet: 2.875-inch OD Type I steel pipe, 5.79 lbs per lin. foot. 13 14 Line or intermediate posts for following fabric heights (minimum). 15 16 Up to 6 feet: 1.90-inch OD Type I steel pipe, 2.72 lbs per lin. foot. 17 18 6 to 8 feet: 2.375-inch OD Type I steel pipe, 3.65 lbs per lin. foot. 19 20 Over 8 feet: 2.875-inch OD Type I steel pipe, 5.79 lbs per lin. foot. 21 22 Terminal Posts: Furnish posts as determined to comply with Delegated-Design Submittal. 23 24 Top Rail: Equal to line post, with expansion-type couplings, approximately 6 inches long, for each 25 joint. Provide means for attaching top rail securely to each pull, and end post. 26 27 Galvanized Steel: 1-1/4-inch NPS (1.66-inch OD) Type I steel pipe or 1.625-inch by 1.25-inch 28 roll-formed C sections weighing 1.35 lb. per ft. 29 30 31 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 32 33 Material: Comply with ASTM F 626. Mill-finished galvanized iron or steel, to suit manufacturer's 34 standards. 35 36 Zinc Coating: Unless specified otherwise, galvanize steel fence fittings and accessories in accordance 37 with ASTM A 153, with zinc weights per 38 Table I. 39 40



Tension Wire: 0.177-inch-diameter metallic-coated steel marcelled tension wire conforming to ASTM 1 A 824 with finish to match fabric. 2 3 Type II Zinc Coated in following class: 4 5 Class 2, with a minimum coating weight of 1.20 oz. per sq. ft. of uncoated wire surface. 6 7 Tie Wires: 12-gage (0.106-inch diameter) galvanized steel with a minimum of 0.80 oz. per sq. ft. of 8 zinc coating of surface area in accordance with ASTM A 641, Class 3. 9 10 Post Brace Assembly: Manufacturer's standard adjustable brace at end and at both sides of corner and 11 pull posts, with horizontal brace located at midheight of fabric. Use same material as top rail for brace, 12 and truss to line posts with 3/8-inch- diameter rod and adjustable tightener. Provide manufacturers 13 standard galvanized steel or cast iron or cast aluminum cap for each end. 14 15 Bottom and Center Rail: Same material as top rail. Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized steel or 16 cast iron or cast aluminum cap for each end. 17 18 Post and Line Caps: Provide weathertight closure cap for each post. Provide line post caps with loop 19 to receive tension wire or top rail. 20 21 Tension or Stretcher Bars: Hot-dip galvanized steel with minimum length 2 inches less than full height 22 of fabric, minimum cross-section of 3/16 inch by 3/4 inch and minimum 1.2 oz. zinc coating per sq. ft. 23



of surface area. Provide one bar for each end post, and two for each corner and pull post, except 1 where fabric is integrally woven into post. 2 3 Tension and Brace Bands: Minimum 3/4-inch-wide hot-dip galvanized steel with minimum 1.2 oz. 4 zinc coating per sq. ft. of surface area. 5 6 Tension Bands: Minimum 14 gage (0.074 inch) thick. 7 8 Tension and Brace Bands: Minimum 12 gage (0.105 inch) thick. 9 10 Weld Plates and Embedded Plates: As determined in Delegated-Design Submittal. 11 12 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 14 15 16 INSTALLATION 17 18 General: Install fence in compliance with ASTM F 567. Do not begin installation and erection before 19 final grading and concrete work is completed, unless otherwise permitted. 20 21 Apply fabric to outside of framework. Install fencing at locations as indicated on the drawings. 22 23 Excavation: Hand-excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed or 24 compacted soil. 25 26 If not indicated on drawings, excavate holes for each post to minimum diameter recommended 27

by fence manufacturer to comply with Delegated Design Submittal, but not less than 4 times 28 largest cross-section of post. 29

30 Unless otherwise indicated, excavate hole depths approximately 3 inches lower than post bottom, with 31 bottom of posts set not less than 36 inches below finish grade surface. 32 33 Setting Posts: Center and align posts in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation. Space maximum 34 10 feet o.c. minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 35 36 Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place concrete around posts and vibrate 37 or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during 38 placement and finishing operations. 39 40



Unless otherwise indicated, extend concrete footings 2 inches above grade and trowel to a crown to 1 shed water. 2 3 Top Rails: Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and at other 4 posts terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail. Provide 5 expansion couplings as recommended by fencing manufacturer. 6 7 Center Rails: Provide center rails where indicated. Install in one piece between posts and flush with 8 post on fabric side, using rail ends and special offset fittings where necessary. 9 10 Bottom Rails: Provide bottom rails as required. 11 12 Brace Assemblies: Install braces so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension. 13 14 Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6 inches of bottom of fabric before stretching fabric 15 and tie to each post with not less than same gage and type of wire. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten 16 fabric to tension wire with 11-gage hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced 17 maximum 24 inches o.c. 18 19 Fabric: Leave approximately 2 inches between finish grade and bottom selvage unless otherwise 20 indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Install fabric on security side of 21 fence, and anchor to framework so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. 22 23 Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through or clamp to fabric 4 inches o.c., and secure to end, corner, 24 pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not over 15 inches o.c. 25 26 Tie Wires: Use U-shaped wire of proper length to secure fabric firmly to posts and rails with ends 27 twisted at least 2 full turns. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons or clothing. 28 29 Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts 12 inches o.c. and to rails and braces 24 inches o.c. 30 31 Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite fabric side. Peen 32 ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts. 33 Existing Fence: Protect existing fence to remain during construction. 34 35 CLEANING: 36 37 At the end of each work day remove discarded materials from the site. Protect and do not damage 38 adjacent surfaces and materials. 39



1 2 END OF SECTION 02831 3